213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-02-28 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2024-02-29 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-03-01 2023-02-28 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-03-01 2024-02-29 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-02-28 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-03-01 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-03-01 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-03-01 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-03-01 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-03-01 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-03-01 2024-02-29 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-03-01 2024-02-29 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-03-01 2024-02-29 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-03-01 2024-02-29 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-03-01 2024-02-29 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2022-02-28 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2023-02-28 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2024-02-29 ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2024-02-29 ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2024-02-29 ifrs-full:OtherReservesMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2024-02-29 ifrs-full:SharePremiumMember 213800HO26VXTFJ4MO71 2024-02-29 ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember iso4217:GBP iso4217:GBP xbrli:shares
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Europe’s most downloaded rail travel app
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Empowering greener
travel choices,
connecting
people and places
We believe in
creating more
environmentally
friendly travel
choices – with rail
offering a greener
alternative to air
and car.
Visit our investor site for more
information on Trainline:
www.trainlinegroup.com/investors
Strategic Report
01
Highlights
03
Chair’s statement
05
At a glance
06
CEO’s statement
08
Market overview
12
Business model
16
Our technology
18
Sustainability
20
Strategy
26
Key performance indicators
28
CFO’s financial highlights
31
Principal risks and uncertainties
40
Viability statement
41
Our people and culture
46
TCFD and SASB disclosures
53
Stakeholder engagement
& section 172 statement
Governance
58
Chair’s governance statement
59
Governance structure
61
Our Board of Directors
65
Report of the Nomination
Committee
67
Report of the Audit and Risk
Committee
71
Directors’ remuneration report
92
Directors’ report
95
Statement of Directors’
responsibilities
Financial Statements
97
Independent auditors’ report
110
Consolidated income statement
110
Consolidated statement of
comprehensive income
111
Consolidated balance sheet
112
Consolidated statement of
changes in equity
113
Consolidated statement
of cash flow
114
Notes to the Group Financial
Statements
147
Alternative performance measures
149
Parent Company balance sheet
150
Parent Company statement of
changes in equity
151
Notes to the Parent Company
Financial Statements
01
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Strategic
Highlights
Enhancing the
customer experience
Digitising commuter and short-distance
travel while positioning Trainline as the
market aggregator in Europe.
Building demand
Increased efficient marketing investment
to drive up customer demand and grow
brand awareness, particularly in Europe.
Increasing customer
lifetime value
Growing customer relationships,
transaction frequency and monetisation.
Growing Trainline
Solutions
Supporting our travel partners, leveraging
the strength of Platform One, our single
global platform.
Find out more on page 20
Find out more on page 28
Financial
Highlights
Net ticket sales
+22%
Increased to £5.3 billion,
from £4.3 billion last year,
with International Consumer
now a £1 billion business.
Operating profit
+101%
£56 million operating profit vs £28 million in FY2023,
primarily reflecting adjusted EBITDA generation.
Revenue
+21%
Increased to £397 million
from £327 million last year,
driven by the growth
in net ticket sales.
Basic EPS
+61%
Improved to 7.3p,
from 4.5p in FY2023.
Adjusted basic EPS
+59%
Improved to 12.3p,
from 7.7p in FY2023.
Adjusted EBITDA
+42%
Increased to £122 million, from £86 million in FY2023.
02
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Empowering
Strategic Report
Contents
03
Chair’s statement
05
At a glance
06
CEO’s statement
08
Market overview
12
Business model
16
Our technology
18
Sustainability
20
Strategy
26
Key performance indicators
28
CFO’s financial highlights
31
Principal risks and uncertainties
40
Viability statement
41
Our People and culture
46
TCFD and SASB disclosures
53
Stakeholder engagement
& section 172 statement
03
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Chair’s statement
Empowering
greener travel
Trainline is making it easier and cheaper
for people to take the train, while also
growing awareness of rail as a more
environmentally friendly way to travel.”
Brian McBride, Chair
Trainline has a resolute focus on its core purpose: to empower
greener travel, encouraging more people to take the train.
When I wrote last year, I explained how Trainline had
made significant progress despite the industrial dispute
in the UK. Unfortunately, the industrial dispute is ongoing,
but Jody and his team continued to execute well against
their strategic priorities and once again delivered a
record operating performance. It was a performance that
reflected a resolute focus on Trainline’s core purpose: to
empower greener travel, encouraging more people to take
the train.
Championing rail as a greener way to travel
Trainline is making it easier and cheaper for people to
take the train, while also growing awareness of rail as a
more environmentally friendly way to travel. Last year,
the Company launched the ‘I Came By Train’ campaign,
aiming to grow the public’s awareness of the relative
benefits of train travel and inspire pride in those that take
positive action. Having gained strong early momentum
with industry and government stakeholders, this year
we followed up with a new consumer campaign that
celebrates all the heroes who travel by train.
We also launched new features on our mobile App and on
Web to encourage modal shift, including Super Routes,
showing routes to customers where they can save time,
money and carbon emissions by taking the train.
Financial and strategic performance
The Board was pleased with the Group’s financial and
strategic performance in FY2024. The Group delivered
record net ticket sales of £5.3 billion, up 22% vs the prior
year, and revenue of £397 million, up 21%, while adjusted
EBITDA of £122 million was up 42% year on year.
04
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Strategic
Report
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Chair’s statement
continued
Financial and strategic performance cont.
The Group further progressed against its strategic
priorities, enhancing the customer experience, building
demand, increasing customer lifetime value and growing
Trainline Solutions. This included improving the ticketing
experience for commuters and customers booking on-
the-day travel in the UK, as well as positioning Trainline as
the market aggregator in Europe, particularly on routes
where new entrant carrier competition is intensifying. You
can read more about progress made against Trainline’s
strategic priorities on pages 20 to 25.
New capital allocation framework
The Board agreed a new capital allocation framework
this year. This prioritises investment in Trainline’s
strategic priorities, possibly supplemented with inorganic
investment, while managing debt leverage and returning
any surplus capital thereafter to shareholders. Trainline
attained shareholder approval during FY2024 for a capital
reduction of the Company’s share premium account.
This provided the Company with additional distributable
reserves to make further distributions, as and when
considered appropriate by the Board. In line with this
framework, Trainline launched a £50 million share buyback
programme in September 2023. As at the end of April
2024, the Company had bought back £38 million shares
under the programme. In May 2024, Trainline announced
a new share buyback programme of up to £75 million to
commence upon completion of the existing programme.
Political, regulatory & policy developments
In the UK, the Government Department for Transport
withdrew proposals to create a new Great British Railways
ticket retailing website and app in December 2023. The
proposals were originally outlined by the DfT in May
2021, as part of the Williams-Shapps Plan for Rail white
paper. In April 2024, the Labour Party launched their rail
policy at an event held at Trainline’s London offices. They
confirmed to Trainline that they have no plans to revive
the current Government’s previous proposal for a national
retailing app.
In Europe, we saw encouraging momentum with legal
and regulatory developments, with particularly strong
emphasis on creating and sustaining level playing field
conditions for independent retailers. This included the
EU Commission accepting Renfe’s commitments to
enhance competition in online rail retailing.
Looking ahead
The business is well positioned to drive long-term
growth and create value for customers and shareholders.
Trainline benefits from significant structural tailwinds,
including growing awareness of the environmental
benefits of rail travel and a European rail market that is
liberalising. As I look out longer term, I continue to see
huge headroom for growth. Although industrial action
continues in the UK, Trainline is set for further strong
performance in the year ahead.
I would like to thank the team at Trainline for their
continued focus on the purpose and strategic goals of
the business, persevering and adapting to what has been
a challenging set of circumstances, and once again for
delivering a record operating performance.
Brian McBride
Chair
3 May 2024
We are Europe’s most
downloaded rail travel app.
Through our customer-
centric, scalable platform,
we are committed to
driving responsible
and sustainable business
growth, by:
Connecting:
Offering carrier partners
distribution and online retail
services at a lower cost to serve
Enhancing:
Leveraging scale, data and
technology to offer a superior
customer experience
Empowering:
Making it easy for customers
to find the best value tickets
across carriers, fares, and
journey options – championing
a much greener way to travel
05
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
We are Europe’s leading
independent rail platform
We enable millions of
travellers to find and book
the best value tickets across
carriers, fares, and journey
options through our highly rated
Trainline mobile App, website,
and B2B partner channels.
We work with more than 270 rail and coach companies
across more than 40 countries across the UK and Europe.
By bringing all of the major carriers and new entrants
onto one platform, we provide travellers with an
unrivalled set of train and coach options. Our smart
technology and data-driven features help our customers
to stay one step ahead.
For our carrier and B2B partners, Trainline Solutions
offers access to a huge supply of rail carrier inventory
across the UK and continental Europe through
our proprietary platform. With tested and proven
technology, we enable them to offer best-in-class
customer experience at low cost.
>
40
270
+
4.9
/5
£
1
bn
10
countries travelled in and
across by Trainline customers
rail and coach companies
star app rating¹
net ticket sales in our
International Consumer
business
91%
of our UK transactions
are through our App
Currencies and multiple
payment methods including
Apple Pay, Google Pay, PayPal,
SOFORT and iDEAL
International scale
At a glance
1. iOS rating as at 22/04/2024.
06
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Europe’s #1
downloaded
rail travel app
New entrant carrier competition is revolutionising
rail as more customers benefit from greater choice,
lower prices and the opportunity to choose greener
travel. We are becoming the aggregator of choice in
the UK and internationally and are delivering strong
growth, particularly in those markets liberalising
fastest, such as Spain.”
Jody Ford, Chief Executive Officer
Stronger growth from Europe’s #1 rail app
Trainline delivered another record operating performance
in FY2024. Trainline’s growth reflected our focus on
continually innovating and improving the customer
experience of purchasing digital rail tickets. The value, ease,
and convenience we provide are just some of the reasons
we are Europe’s most downloaded rail app. Growth in our
net ticket sales was at the top end of the guidance range,
while revenue growth and adjusted EBITDA margin as a
percentage of net ticket sales exceeded our guided range.
Trainline benefits from several long-term growth
opportunities. The addressable rail market across the
UK and continental Europe is large, being c.€55bn, and
so offers significant headroom. It is set to benefit from
increased investment in high-speed rail, greater consumer
awareness of its environmental benefits, and growing
demand from travellers for digital tickets.
In addition, new entrant carrier competition is
revolutionising rail as more customers benefit from
greater choice, lower prices and the opportunity to choose
greener travel. We are becoming the aggregator of choice
in the UK and internationally and are delivering strong
growth, particularly in those markets liberalising fastest
such as Spain. With four carrier brands competing across
its high-speed rail network, we have doubled domestic
ticket sales in Spain for the second year running and
significantly grown our market share on the top routes.
With new entrant carrier competition set to grow in Italy,
France and the UK in the next two years, I believe this will
support a golden age of rail travel.
Following a positive start to the year, in FY2025 Trainline
expects to generate: net ticket sales growth YoY in the
range of +8% to +12%; revenue growth YoY in the range
of +7% to +11%; and adjusted EBITDA as a percentage of
net ticket sales in the range of 2.4% to 2.5%. Our growth
expectations are despite headwinds from ongoing
industrial action in the UK, as well as Transport for London
(TfL’s) planned expansion of their contactless travel zone to
a further 53 stations in FY2025.
CEO’s statement
07
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
CEO’s statement
continued
Progress against our strategic priorities
We focus on four strategic growth priorities, against which
we continue to make good progress:
Enhancing the customer experience
In the UK, the station represented almost £3 billion
ticket sales in FY2024, most of which are estimated to be
short-distance and commute journeys. We have therefore
continued to prime our mobile App to better serve those
customers. This helped drive up our overall share of the
commuter market segment to 23%, from 10% pre-COVID.
We also focused on expanding the long-distance market
by unlocking value for customers, launching improved
Ticket Alerts and data-driven Price Prediction features.
In International Consumer, we are launching new features
to further position ourselves as the aggregator of choice.
We overhauled fare presentation within the App so
customers can easily compare carriers, and launched
our Best Price Guarantee, refunding the difference if a
customer finds the same ticket cheaper elsewhere. In
Spain, we launched TopCombo, a new product proposition
that allows customers to seamlessly stitch together
different carriers for multi-leg and return journeys.
Building demand
In the UK, we continued to build demand for our products
and services, helping drive up active customers by 13%
YoY. Through our “great journeys start with Trainline”
brand campaign, we told customers how they can save
35% on average when booking a journey through Trainline,
as well as highlighting the convenience of digital ticketing.
Separately, our viral “Trainline Wrapped” campaign gave
every customer a personalised view of their sustainability
journey, along with a clear and measurable understanding
of the impact of their travel choices on the environment.
In Europe, we made further headway growing consumer
awareness, focusing on markets with widespread carrier
competition to communicate our aggregation proposition.
Prompted brand awareness has more than doubled in
Spain and Italy since we launched brand campaigns in
both markets 18 and 24 months ago respectively, and in
Italy we became the second most downloaded travel app.
Increasing customer lifetime value
As we grow our customer base, we are also increasing
the frequency with which those customers transact with
us. In the UK, we increased the proportion of on-the-day
ticket purchases to 66% of all ticket transactions, with
active customers now transacting almost three times
a month. In Europe, we are also increasing transaction
frequency by shifting more customers to our mobile
App, as App customers typically transact more often than
Web customers. In Italy for example, 73% of customer
transactions were through the App, up from 51% two
years ago.
In both the UK and in International, we have increased
our focus on enhancing monetisation as a way to increase
customer lifetime value. This includes providing ancillary
products to our customers, such as hotels, leveraging
revenue share partnerships.
Growing Trainline Solutions (TS)
We are actively engaging in several new tender processes
from carriers for online retailing solutions. This follows
the UK Government recently cancelling its plans to
create a centralised retail app and website, which was
originally intended to replace the rail carriers’ online
retailing channels.
Overall, I’m pleased with our strong performance
and remain excited about the huge growth opportunity
for Trainline.
Jody Ford
Chief Executive Officer
3 May 2024
08
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
FY2020
21%
FY2021
30%
FY2022
40%
FY2023
43%
FY2024
47%
Market Overview
Trainline operates in a large market
set for long-term growth
Our structural tailwinds
Continued shift to online
and mobile ticketing
1
Growing carrier
competition in our core
European geographies
3
Driving modal shift with
significant investments in rail
2
Shift to online and mobile ticketing
Industry sales through online channels grew
to 55%, up from 53% in the prior year. Within
that, industry eticket sales increased to 47% in
FY2024, up from 43% in FY2023. However, there
remains considerable headroom for growth.
Tickets bought offline represented around £3
billion of total ticket sales in FY2024, most of
which are estimated to be short-distance and
commute journeys.
Eticket penetration in the UK
1
Driving modal shift with regulation and significant investments in rail
UK and European governments are
investing to drive modal shift to rail as a
greener mode of transport amid growing
environmental awareness and ambitious
net zero targets.
Governments and businesses continue
to recognise that achieving net zero
emissions targets will require a modal shift
to more sustainable travel options.
A strategic priority of the UK Decarbonising
Transport plan is to accelerate modal shift
by making public transport “the natural
first choice for our daily activities” and,
where the car remains attractive for longer
journeys, increasing “competition from
high-speed decarbonised rail and zero
emissions coaches”.
2
55bn
Size of European
rail market
(including UK)
EU target to
triple the length
of the high-speed
rail network
by 2050
09
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Market Overview
continued
Greater carrier competition in our core European geographies
Trainline operates in an increasingly
complex and fragmented rail market.
Major carriers from France, Italy and Spain
are now competing in each other’s domestic
markets and on cross-border routes.
Spain
Renfe Avlo and Iryo are now running
services on six key high-speed routes
Ouigo has launched on three routes and
is set to enter more during 2024
Italy
New entrant carrier Longitude is set to
arrive in Italy in 2025
Ouigo is set to enter the Italian market
in 2026
France
Renfe is now running cross-border
services between Barcelona-Lyon and
Madrid-Barcelona-Marseille
Renfe are due to launch a service
between Paris-Lyon in 2024, meaning
there will be four carrier brands on
that route
Carrier competition could be arriving
on London-Paris, potentially as early as
2025, with Evolyn announcing plans to
launch a competitor service to Eurostar
Le Train is a further example of a new
operator planning to launch services, set
to launch routes on the Western Corridor
in France connecting major cities like
Bordeaux, Tours, Nantes, and Rennes
In the longer term, new carrier entrant
Kevin Speed is planning services between
Paris and three major French cities.
New operators in Spain have introduced
different customer propositions on
routes, from low-cost (Ouigo and Avlo) to
premium services (Iryo). Such competition
provides more choice, convenience and
quality for customers, as well as more
competitive fares.
As the number of carriers competing on
the same routes grows, passengers will
increasingly need aggregators to compare
all the carrier options. Trainline aggregates
different carriers, fares and journeys in
one place, making it easy for customers to
select the right option for them, together
with the ability to book rail tickets in a
language and currency of their choice.
For carriers seeking to grow or enter new
markets, Trainline is a source of access to
a diverse domestic and global customer
base across our B2C and B2B channels,
connecting them to consumers, business
travellers and travel resellers.
3
Selected key rail routes in continental Europe with competition
10
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Market Overview
continued
Case study:
Spain
Spain has quickly become the most competitive
high-speed carrier market in Europe and
serves as a template for what increased carrier
competition might look like in other European
markets, such as Italy and France.
Since 2021, Spain has gone from having one
long-distance carrier, the national incumbent
Renfe, to four carrier brands nationwide. Carrier
competition in Spain is benefiting customers,
who now enjoy significantly more choice and
lower prices. As at 29 February 2024, Renfe Avlo
and Iryo both operate on six high-speed routes,
while Ouigo operates on three. On the three
high-speed routes where all four carrier brands
compete (Madrid-Barcelona, Madrid-Valencia,
Madrid-Alicante), average fares have reduced
by 50% vs 2019, precipitating a 70% increase in
passenger numbers.
However, greater market fragmentation also
means greater complexity for customers,
particularly as the different carriers do not
provide competitor inventory on their respective
retailing channels. This therefore strengthens
the need for a market aggregator, where
customers can book the best value and most
convenient rail tickets for their specific journey.
By positioning ourselves as the market
aggregator, Trainline has grown significantly
on liberalised routes, taking material share.
By the end of 2023, Trainline’s share of the top
five high-speed routes had increased to 8-13%,
compared to c.1% share across Spain in 2019.
Given our focus on aggregated routes, Spanish
domestic net ticket sales have doubled for two
consecutive years. This focus has also driven
a more engaged customer base, with repeat
customers making up 44% of domestic sales,
up from 34% last year.
Today, Spain is the only market in Europe where
four carrier brands are competing on the same
long-distance routes. However, that is set to
change, first in Italy and thereafter in France.
As has been the case in Spain, increasing the
number of carrier brands running services
across Italy and France should significantly
increase the competitive dynamic of their
rail markets, in turn catalysing the need for a
market aggregator like Trainline.
Trainline domestic
net ticket sales
in Spain
FY2022
FY2023
FY2024
31%
34%
+127%
+103%
44%
Repeat customers
New customers
11
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Market Overview
continued
Regulatory and political environment
Europe:
Liberalisation of the national rail and coach markets
continues to unfold, promoted by a series of European
Commission initiatives aimed at encouraging competition
across Europe’s railways and facilitating efficient cross-
border transport systems.
The Fourth Railway Package is one such initiative. It
comprises a series of measures aimed at creating a truly
integrated European Railway Area and making EU railways
more attractive, innovative and competitive. These
legislative initiatives expand opportunities for new rail
operators to enter the rail markets across the European
Union. Independent retailers do so by aggregating,
combining and showcasing a multitude of operators on
their platforms and provide much needed transparency
and optionality to rail users.
The competition legal landscape is also changing. In
January 2024, the European Commission announced it
had settled its investigation into possible abuse of market
EU goal: 2x high-speed
rail traffic
Scheduled collective travel of under 500km
should be carbon-neutral within the EU
EU goal: 3x high-speed
rail traffic
By 2030
By 2050
dominance by the Spanish incumbent carrier Renfe. As a
result, independent retailers are now entitled to get access
to Renfe’s full range of tickets, discounts and features, as
well as its real-time data.
In further progress toward the principle of parity in data
access, the latest revision of the EU Rail Passenger Rights
Regulation (RPRR) was implemented in 2023. Rail carriers
across the EU are now required to share more content and
data, including real-time data.
In March 2024, the European Commission opened
proceedings against Alphabet to assess compliance under
the new Digital Markets Act, specifically investigating
whether its display of Google services within search results
may lead to self-preferencing. The Commission stated it is
concerned that Alphabet’s current compliance measures
may not ensure that third-party services featuring on
Google’s search results page are treated in a fair and non-
discriminatory manner in comparison with Google’s own
services. This is an important step to ensure accountability
for large companies like Google and secure long-term
market stability and contestability across Europe.
Working towards green mobility
The Commission’s European Green Deal established a
goal of becoming climate-neutral by 2050 and included a
commitment to a rethink of EU policies for clean energy
in the transport sector. In addition, the Commission’s
proposed Multimodal Digital Mobility Services regulation,
aimed at making it easier for customers to plan and buy
tickets for journeys that combine different modes of
transport, continues to progress.
UK:
Passenger rail services are currently operated by thirty-
four train operators. There are broadly three models:
(a) service contracts awarded to private companies by
DfT or TfL; (b) service contracts within the public sector
“operators of last resort”; and (c) Open Access operators
who bid for access rights for specific routes from the Office
of Rail and Road and take full commercial risk.
In December 2023, the UK Government Department for
Transport (DfT) withdrew proposals to create a new Great
British Railways ticket retailing website and app. The
proposals were originally outlined by the DfT in May 2021,
as part of the Williams-Shapps Plan for Rail white paper.
The UK Government’s broader plans for rail set out in the
draft Rail Reform Bill of February 2024 are undergoing
parliamentary scrutiny, however they are unlikely to
become legislation before the upcoming General Election.
In April 2024, the Labour Party launched their rail policy at
an event held at Trainline’s London offices. Labour outlined
plans to bring private rail operators back under public
ownership over time and create a centralised body, Great
British Railways. However, they have confirmed to Trainline
that they have no plans to revive the current Government’s
previous proposal for a national retailing website and app.
They also announced plans to accelerate the roll out of key
customer innovations, including automated Delay Repay
and digital season tickets.
12
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
For travellers
For businesses
carriers (UK & Europe)
>270
We aggregate data from
>270 carriers across the
UK and Europe on our
platform...
We apply the brilliant minds
of our People, our smart
technology and customer
insights...
To generate our highly rated user
experience and partner solutions
C
u
s
t
o
m
e
r
s
+
D
a
t
a
+
I
n
si
g
h
t
s
S
u
p
p
l
y
Building the world’s
#1 rail platform
Business Model
13
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Our proprietary technology – Platform One
Platform One is our agile and proprietary technology. It is the
engine behind our Trainline consumer app and website, and
it also powers the booking and retailing solutions for our B2B
partners such as rail carriers, travel sellers, businesses and
public sector organisations.
Powerful data assets
We understand the travel needs and patterns of our
customers in over 40 countries through our B2C and B2B
channels with around 128 million visits to our platform
each month.
Market-specific features and personalisation
Using our product and technology expertise, plus the unique
data insights generated across our large customer base,
we continue to enhance our customer proposition and tailor
it to the needs of different markets.
Revenue model
We earn a commission and fees on ticket sales. We also
generate revenue from advertising and ancillary services such
as travel insurance and multi-currency payment options.
B2B partners pay a commission and/or transaction fee on
ticket sales, as well as other related technology service fees
for the provision of our solutions.
For travellers
Highly rated customer experience
for travellers globally
Highly rated customer experience for
travellers globally
4.9/5 star rated app on iOS
Search and book train tickets for
journeys in over 40 countries
All ticket types, journey combinations
and fares across major carriers in
one place
Seamless, friction-free
booking experience
Multiple languages, currencies and
payment options
Digital tickets, smart personalisation,
real-time travel information and many
more features
For B2B partners
We provide end-to-end digital
retailing solutions for carriers
Fast and secure tech platform for
retailing and ticketing at a lower
cost to serve
Deep rail tech expertise: customised,
high-converting and high-quality
solutions
We give travel sellers access to our
rail content via our global API
Access our rail content with all local
features through one connection
Allows travel sellers to integrate rail
into their offering, helping them grow
their business
We offer smart rail booking solutions
for companies of all sizes
Trainline branded business portal for
businesses and public sector clients
Full travel visibility, cost control, and
sustainability reporting
Integrated business travel tool within
B2C app
We have integrated over 270 carrier
partners to date, mostly across the
UK and Europe, bringing together the
majority of rail and coach operators
onto one platform.
This breadth allows us to offer all the
journeys, fares and ticket options
from major carriers to our customers,
whenever and wherever they may
be travelling.
We aggregate data from
>270 carriers across the UK
and Europe on our platform...
We apply the brilliant minds of our People, our
smart technology and customer insights...
To generate our highly rated user experience and 
partner solutions
For travellers
For businesses
carriers (UK & Europe)
>270
C
u
s
t
o
m
e
r
s
+
D
a
t
a
+
I
n
s
i
g
h
t
s
S
u
p
p
l
y
14
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Business Model
continued
Creating value for our app
and online customers
Friction free
Enabling customers to
get it right
Unrivalled value
Unearthing the greatest, most
trusted value for your journey
Greener habits
Motivation and pride to switch
from car and air to rail
Key features
Simple, intuitive user interface
Digital ticketing, including seasons
Multiple personalised commute
journeys
Real-time travel information through
our Travel Companion
Strike Safe to inform customers if
they’re affected by strikes
Self-service change of journey,
automated refund capability
Modern payment options
Key features
Best Price Guarantee: giving
customers the best value or
their money back
TopCombo: delivering exclusive
multi-carrier trips that save
customers money
Other money-saving features
include: SplitSave, Price
Prediction, Ticket Alerts, Digital
Railcards, Price Calendar
Key features
Route emission information
Campaigns to drive awareness
of sustainability of rail
Bike reservation
Super Routes: identifying trips
that are cheaper, faster and/or
greener by rail
Your Sustainability Story
Our purpose is to empower
greener travel choices,
connecting people and places.
Offering smarter travel, Trainline unlocks
the power of our platform and data, offering
unrivalled value, a friction-free experience and
motivating greener habits, thereby encouraging
customers to switch from car and air to rail.
We work tirelessly to provide the best possible
product fit in our target markets, tailoring our
app and website experience to the needs of
our local customers, providing high-quality
and relevant features and services.
15
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Creating value for our partners,
business customers and the industry
Our vision is to be the world’s number one rail platform. Through Trainline Solutions,
we provide innovative and industry-leading retailing technology to travel sellers,
businesses, and rail carriers. We make the complex world of rail and ticket retailing simple.
Simplifying European rail
with our Global API
Our Global API gives us the ability to expand
into Europe and work with leading travel
brands and online booking tools.
European competition is increasing as
more rail operators launch new high-speed
routes in the markets. It’s an opportunity for
Trainline to connect business passengers
across European cities and offer them a
sustainable way to travel.
Coupled with our Agent Tools, our Global API
allows us to remove the complexity inherent
when dealing with multiple rail carriers,
simplify the experience and distribute our
technology through a single connection. It
provides our partners’ customers a simple
and seamless experience.
Trainline Business
Trainline Business delivers cost efficiencies,
simplicity, and greater control of travel
for thousands of businesses and their
employees. Powered by Platform One, they
benefit from friction-free travel features,
insights to boost sustainability efforts and
easy access for all their business travel
needs. Trainline Business is the route to
smarter rail travel for businesses and
their employees.
Rail retailing solutions for carriers
Our tailored retailing solutions meet the
needs of our carrier and retail partners,
lowering their cost to serve and simplifying
their innovation process.
Partners can access our innovative suite of
products and features, benefiting from our
expertise and the scale of our platform.
For the rail industry
Across our whole platform ecosystem, we
provide cutting-edge rail technology and
digital ticketing innovation that encourages
more people to travel by train at a lower cost
to serve for the industry.
Business Model
continued
16
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Our Technology
Our technology is optimised for rail travel
At Trainline, we pride ourselves on our proprietary,
modern, scalable tech platform created and maintained
by our c.500 bright product, data and tech minds.
Reliable, scalable, secure
>700 microservices, increasing speed of
development, flexibility and scalability
c.500 engineers, data and tech
specialists
>350 releases per week
Deep inventory connections
Rail and coach
Pre- and post-sales
Real-time data
Add-on travel services: insurance, etc
Customer-centric ecommerce
Simple ‘one click’ user interface:
hides industry complexity;
multi-product basket
Proprietary multi-carrier/modal
journey planner
10+ payment options, including
Google Pay and Apple Pay
Security, payments, fulfilment, fraud safeguards
PCI-DSS Level 1 (Merchant & Service Provider) since 2013
Partnership with NCSC & NCA
Internal standards aligned with NIST framework
Business Continuity Planning (ISO 22301) certified since 2022 & Information Security
Management (ISO 27001) certified since 2023
3DS version 2 implemented
Payment Services Directive II Secure Customer Authentication fully live
Industry-leading fraud to sales ratio & industry-leading payment acceptance rates
Personalised data driven
products
>8 TB data processed per day
Bespoke AI-driven features
Personalised UX and CRM
Our ability to bring together teams comprising developers, designers,
infrastructure and data scientists to create a world-class experience for our
customers and carrier partners is what defines us and allows us to continually
innovate and maintain our superior customer experience.
>350
releases a week
>700
microservices
>8
TBs of data
processed daily
~3m
origin-destination
pairs per month
>350
searches
per second
c.500
engineers, data and
tech specialists
17
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Our Technology
continued
Supply data (UK & EU)
Distribution and
white label retail
services
Ecommerce
Ticketing and
settlement
Payments and
fraud prevention
Journey planner
and real-time info
Customer
accounts
Platform One
Our single global tech platform provides a range of
tools and services for our B2C and B2B customers.
18
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Sustainability
Purpose driven sustainability
Travelling by rail creates 87% less CO
2
emissions than air travel and
67% less CO
2
emissions per passenger than travelling by car.
What sustainability means to us
Empower people to make greener travel choices
Our purpose is to empower a greener way to travel.
Through our technology and data, we make rail travel
easier, empowering people to make travel choices that are
better for the environment.
Rail offers travellers a greener alternative to flying or
driving, creating 87% less CO
2
emissions than air travel
and 67% less CO
2
emissions compared with car travel,
per passenger.
Cars and planes create 58% of the UK’s transport CO
2
emissions, whereas the entire rail network creates less
than 2%. Similarly, in Europe, cars and planes create 74%
of transport CO
2
emissions, and the entire rail network
adds up to less than 1%. Rail can move millions of people
quickly and cleanly, for leisure or business, across
countries and continents.
We believe we have a key role to play in supporting the rail
industry, businesses, and governments in meeting their
emissions targets. Our cross-functional sustainability team
is dedicated to encouraging modal shift; promoting rail as
a more sustainable way to travel; and reducing the impact
on the climate from our own operations.
The external context
The EU is targeting a 55% reduction target for CO
2
emissions by 2030, and the UK has a reduction target of at
least 78% by 2035 and a legally binding target to reach net
zero by 2050. Governments are encouraging modal shift to
rail and increasing their investment in rail in order to meet
their net zero emissions goals.
The UK Decarbonising Transport plan highlights rail as
“the greenest form of motorised transport”. It sets a target
of achieving net zero greenhouse gas emissions from
trains by 2050, through increased electrification of the rail
network and introduction of new technologies such as
hydrogen-powered trains.
The EU Commission has highlighted rail as playing a
key role in the EU becoming climate-neutral by 2050. It
targets the doubling of high-speed rail traffic by 2030 and
a tripling of high-speed rail by 2050. Third-party ticket
vendors such as Trainline have been identified as having a
key role to play in the delivery of elements of this plan.
In the last year, the French government introduced a ban
on internal short-haul flights under two and half hours,
which came into force May 2023. Likewise, the Spanish
government have outlined similar proposals.
19
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Product and promotion
Our aim is to empower people to make greener
travel choices, driving a modal shift that benefits
people and the planet.
Trainline has a key role to play in engineering the travel
habits of the future and enabling people to choose the
most sustainable transportation option. During the year,
we launched a new consumer campaign that celebrates
all the heroes who travel by train. We also introduced new
features on our mobile App and on Web to encourage
modal shift, including “Your Sustainability Story”, which
informs and educates customers on their emission savings
vs other forms of transport.
We also continue to support the “I Came By Train”
campaign, which aims to grow the public’s awareness of
the relative benefits of train travel and inspire pride in
those that take positive action. We gained strong early
momentum with industry and government stakeholders
with the launch of a white paper on how the rail industry
can encourage more people to choose rail. This year, the
campaign has analysed 250,000 UK rail routes to create
the Reasonable by Rail database which shows when trains
beat planes or cars for speed and savings.
This data has been made available for government and
industry stakeholders and powers Trainline’s
Super Routes feature.
What we’re doing internally
Trainline was one of the first 100 UK-based companies and
at the time, one of only 550 business globally to have had
our net zero commitments officially verified by the Science
Based Targets initiative (‘SBTi’), the global body enabling
businesses to set ambitious emissions reduction targets in
line with climate science.
We are taking action to help limit the rise in global
temperatures by committing to the following targets:
Our net zero commitments
Overall net zero target
Reach net zero greenhouse gas emissions
across the value chain by 2040
Near-term targets
Reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas
emissions 55.2% by 2030 from a 2020 base year
Ensure 80% of our suppliers by spend covering
purchased goods and services will have science-
based targets by 2028
Long-term targets
Reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas
emissions 90% by 2040 vs 2020
Reduce absolute Scope 3 greenhouse gas
emissions 90% within the same time frame
We believe we have a key role to play in supporting
the rail industry, businesses, and governments in meeting
their emissions targets.”
Peter Wood,
Chief Financial Officer
Sustainability
continued
20
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Strategy
Our strategic growth priorities
Positioning ourselves as the market aggregator for European rail, while in the UK further
digitising the rail retailing experience, particularly for commuters and short-distance travel.
Providing a smart, intuitive and
seamless experience for our customers
is at the heart of our business – we are
continually improving and optimising
our user experience on our mobile App
and web interface, removing friction
for customers while offering them
access to unrivalled value and the
widest choice.
Through customer insights and
research, personalisation, data and
machine learning, we design features
that enhance the journeys of our
customers at every stage, from
planning and booking through to post
sales. We have created a platform that
consolidates rail inventory for carriers
across our European markets, providing
one convenient online experience for
customers. We remain committed
to delivering the best possible user
experience through a pipeline of new,
innovative products and features.
Increasing customer lifetime value
means deepening our relationships
with customers. This includes
customers using Trainline frequently
for more of their travel needs – be
it commuting, shopping trips,
getting to university, business trips,
family days out, buying a railcard or
international travel.
Through our enhanced product
offering and broader marketing, we
are significantly increasing our ability
to help people make these everyday
travel choices.
While helping to drive faster growth,
increasing customer lifetime value
is also improving our customer
economics, allowing us in turn to
invest more in product innovation and
customer acquisition.
Our key focus is to strengthen demand
by deploying our marketing playbook.
We have built a strong brand,
particularly in the UK, and are growing
consumer awareness in Europe. The
headroom for Trainline to grow across
our core markets remains significant.
We continue to deploy our
marketing playbook in order to drive
customer acquisition, encouraging
more customers to choose more
environmentally sustainable modes
of transport.
Trainline Solutions (‘TS’) is playing a key
role in providing reach and scale to rail
operators and for travel sellers.
Our solutions for Carrier IT, Distribution
and Businesses offer further and
significant growth headroom for
Trainline. We remain focused on
increasing demand from our existing
accounts and winning new accounts in
all three areas.
Enhance the
customer
experience
Build
demand
Increase
customer
lifetime value
Grow
Trainline
Solutions
21
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Strategy in Action
Enhance the customer experience
UK:
We have launched an improved price prediction feature, leveraging predictive analytics to
communicate to customers when advance fare rises will happen and how many tickets are
likely to be left at the prevailing price. We improved our Ticket Alerts functionality, which flags to
customers when tickets become available for their chosen route at the cheapest price. Our SplitSave
proposition is now better than ever, and the number of routes where SplitSave is available is now
above 80%, with an advertised average saving of £13 per trip. With growing carrier competition to
incumbent carriers from open access operators like Lumo, we have enhanced our fare presentation
so customers can easily compare times and fares.
Our investment in customer experience is helping shift more people to digital channels. Industry
sales through online channels grew to 55%, up from 53% in the prior year. Within that, Industry
eticket sales increased to 47% in FY2024, up from 43% in FY2023. However, there remains
considerable headroom for growth. Tickets bought offline represented around £3 billion of total
ticket sales in FY2024, most of which are estimated to be short-distance and commute journeys.
Trainline has continued to prime its mobile App to better serve those customers, including the
launch of Best Price Guarantee, refunding the difference if a customer finds the same on-the-day
ticket cheaper elsewhere. We also continued to scale digital season tickets, with our digital season
customers exhibiting more than double the retention levels of our overall customer base in the UK.
This has helped Trainline to grow its share of commuter segment to 23%, from 10% pre-COVID.
Commuter segment share
23%
Trainline’s share of commuter
segment increased to 23%,
from 10% pre-COVID
Eticket penetration
47%
Etickets as a percentage of total
industry sales increased from 43%
in FY2023 to 47%
22
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
1. Geographical split of growth in net ticket
sales within International Consumer
based upon carrier location.
Strategy in Action
continued
Europe:
Trainline is positioning itself as the aggregator of choice in Europe, deeply integrating with the
different carrier APIs while localising features within the App.
We recently overhauled our fare presentation within our mobile App, providing clear and simple
information about each carrier and carriage class respectively. This helps customers compare
choices, particularly on routes with more than one carrier. We also launched Best Price Guarantee
in Italy, Spain and France, where we promise to refund the difference if a customer finds the same
ticket cheaper elsewhere.
In Spain, we have launched TopCombo, a new product proposition that allows customers to
seamlessly stitch together different carriers for multi-leg and return journeys. This helps customers
optimise the booking for price and convenience, while also increasing the opportunity for new
entrant carriers to grow market share. In Italy, we launched auto-applied promo codes, which finds
and automatically applies discounts for customers. We have also made it easier for foreign travel
customers to upgrade to first class within the booking flow.
Trainline’s top routes
3/10
Three of our top 10 routes globally
are from priority International
markets
Spain and Italy growth
1
+43%
Combined net ticket sales growth
across Spain and Italy of 43% in
FY2024
Enhance the customer experience
23
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Build demand
UK:
We continued to build demand for our products and services, helping drive up active customers by 13% YoY. Under our “great journeys
start with Trainline” brand campaign, we continue to tell customers how they can save 35% on average when booking a journey
through Trainline. This included a new “Spliticus” campaign, highlighting to customers how they can save £13 per trip through Splitsave.
The messaging also highlighted the convenience of digital ticketing, including digital season tickets, focusing on regions where digital
season tickets have been enabled.
Separately, our viral “Trainline Wrapped” campaign gave every customer a personalised view of their sustainability journey, along
with a clear and measurable understanding of the impact of their travel choices on the environment. This served to highlight the
environmental benefits of rail travel, reflecting our core purpose to encourage greener travel choices.
Europe:
We made strong headway growing consumer awareness in Italy and Spain, with consumer awareness more than doubling since we
launched brand campaigns in both respective markets. In Italy, prompted brand awareness has increased from 19% to 40% in 24 months,
following the launch of our first nationwide brand campaign in spring 2022. In Spain, prompted brand awareness has increased from 8%
to 21% in 18 months, following the launch of our Spanish brand campaign in summer 2022. This has helped drive strong growth in App
downloads in Europe, and in Italy we became the second most downloaded travel app after Booking.com.
Web sales growth slowed during the year, with the impact most pronounced in foreign travel. There was more competition from carriers
within keyword auctions following a relatively benign period last year. In addition, there were changes in the presentation of search engine
results, with Google now including trains within its travel module. We have somewhat mitigated this impact over the last six months by
scaling our presence in the travel module to around 3,000 routes across our core markets in Europe.
Active customer
growth
+13%
Active customer growth in the UK
up 13% YoY
Brand awareness
>2x
Consumer awareness in Spain
and Italy more than doubled in
c.18-24 months
Strategy in Action
continued
24
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Increase customer lifetime value
UK:
As we continue growing our customer base, we are also increasing the frequency with which those customers transact with us.
Monthly active customer transaction frequency has increased to 2.8x a month, from 2.4x in FY2022 and 2.6x in FY2023. This reflects our
focus on commute and short-distance travel, with on-the-day bookings now making up 66% of all UK Consumer transactions (58% in
FY2022; 62% in FY2023). In addition, our 4.9* rated mobile App now represents 91% of our overall transactions in the UK, with new App
customers transacting c.1.5 times more often than Web customers.
Having significantly scaled net ticket sales over the past few years, we are nurturing ancillary revenue streams to drive faster revenue
growth. We are leveraging partnerships with the likes of Booking.com (hotels), Just Park (parking), and Karhoo (taxis). In addition, we
launched a new Flexcover insurance product that allows customers to cancel plans for any reason and get fully refunded. Finally, we are
beginning to enhance native advert placements within our sales channels to optimise advertising revenues.
Europe:
As we position our mobile App as the aggregator in markets with carrier competition, we are deepening our relationship with our
customers. A key example has been our success in encouraging more customers to download and use our mobile App, given its
superior user experience and transaction frequency benefits. 62% of customer transactions came through our mobile App in FY2024.
This is particularly the case in Italy, where we have become the second most downloaded travel app. Our App share of overall
transactions increased to 73%, up from 62% a year ago and 51% two years ago. Given App customers transact almost three times more
often than Web customers in Italy, this has helped increase overall transaction frequency. On average, our monthly active customers in
Italy now transact 2.2 times per month (FY2023 2.1x, FY2022: 1.9x).
While positioning ourselves as
the
aggregator, we are placing greater focus on monetisation. This includes growing foreign travel
sales, which generate a double-digit revenue take rate, and introducing ancillary products into the booking flow, including hotels in
partnership with Booking.com. This has helped grow the underlying revenue we generate from ticket sales from 6.4% to 6.6%.
Transactions
through our
mobile App
62%
62% of international customer
transactions came through our
mobile App in FY2024
On-the-day
transactions
66%
On-the-day bookings now 66%
of all UK Consumer transactions
Strategy in Action
continued
25
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Grow Trainline Solutions
Trainline Solutions is playing
a key role in providing reach
and scale to rail operators
and other travel sellers.
We have taken further
steps to support our travel
partners, leveraging the
strength of Platform One, our
single global tech platform.
Trainline Partner solutions
Platform One: harnessing the power
of advanced ML and AI
Within Platform One, we are harnessing advanced
machine learning within the platform to deliver data-
driven features and enhanced personalisation. This year,
we set up an internal AI Labs team to develop our own
proprietary AI Models. Building on Trainline’s unique data
opportunity, the aim is to use generative AI to solve more
complex problems, in turn creating smarter and more
personalised experiences across the whole user journey.
We are taking a privacy-first approach, experimenting with
in-production large language models (LLMs) within our
own domain, rather than feeding our proprietary data into
external LLMs.
Carrier IT solutions
We are actively engaging in several
new tender processes from carriers
for online retailing solutions. This
follows the UK Government’s
cancellation of plans in December
2023 to create its own centralised
retail app and website, originally
intended to replace the rail carriers’
online retailing channels. In addition,
we recently added more customer
experience features for white label
carrier partners, including push
notifications and bike reservations.
B2B distribution
B2B distribution continued to see
strong growth in the UK and Europe
with 30 contract signings achieved,
the most notable including BCD and
the renewal of Navan/Reed & Mackay.
The first major Online Booking Tool,
Concur, went live on the Global API in
the UK.
Trainline Business
We recently integrated our business
travel tool within the Consumer App,
which will allow customers to book
business travel in the same seamless
way they already do for leisure and
commuter travel. The integrated tool
allows customers to easily switch
between their personal and business
accounts while keeping their
bookings separate.
Strategy in Action
continued
26
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
FY2022
(0.8)
FY2024
12.3
FY2023
7.7
FY2022
FY2024
7.3
(2.5)
FY2023
4.5
39
FY2024
122
FY2023
86
FY2022
FY2024
397
FY2023
327
FY2022
189
2,520
FY2024
5,295
FY2023
4,323
FY2022
Key Performance Indicators
We use the following
financial and
non-financial KPIs to
measure the strategic
performance of our
business.
Net ticket sales
1
(£m)
Revenue (£m)
Adjusted EBITDA
1
(£m)
Description
Net ticket sales represent the gross value
of ticket sales to customers, less the
value of refunds issued, during the year.
Net ticket sales does not represent the
Group’s revenue.
Performance
Net ticket sales was £5,295 million,
an increase of 22% vs prior year, with
UK Consumer increasing by 23%,
International Consumer by 14% and
Trainline Solutions by 31%.
Description
The Group generates the majority of
its revenue in the form of commissions
earned from the rail and coach industry
on ticket sales based on a percentage
of the value of the transaction. The
Group also earns fees and other ancillary
revenues, including insurance, as well as
revenue from advertising.
Performance
Revenue was £397 million, an increase
of 21% vs prior year, with UK Consumer
growing by 21%, International Consumer
by 17% and Trainline Solutions by 23%.
Description
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as profit
after tax before net financing income/
(expense), tax, depreciation and
amortisation, exceptional items and
share-based payment charges.
Performance
Adjusted EBITDA increased to £122
million, an increase of 42% vs prior year.
International Consumer adjusted EBITDA
on a pre-internal transaction fee basis
was -£1 million (vs -£9 million last year),
in line with previously stated guidance
that it would approach breakeven in
FY2024.
Adjusted basic earnings
per share
2
(p)
Basic earnings
per share (p)
Description
Adjusted basic EPS is profit or loss after
tax for the year, excluding exceptional
items, amortisation of acquired
intangibles, any gain on repurchase of
convertible bonds, and share-based
payment charges together with the tax
impact of these items, divided by the
weighted average number of ordinary
shares.
Performance
Adjusted EPS was 12.3 pence, up from
7.7 pence in the prior year.
Description
Basic EPS is profit or loss after tax for the
year divided by the weighted average
number of ordinary shares.
Performance
Basic earnings per share was 7.3 pence,
up from 4.5 pence in the prior year.
1.
See page 147 for the definition of this KPI.
2.
See page 122 for the definition of this KPI.
27
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
FY2022
FY2024
56
FY2023
28
(10)
FY2022
40
FY2024
47
FY2023
43
0.5
FY2024
FY2023
1.2
FY2023
2.3
FY2024
91
FY2023
87
FY2022
84
FY2024
62
FY2023
54
FY2022
49
FY2023
FY2024
91
FY2022
166
8
Operating profit/(loss) (£m)
Key Performance Indicators
continued
We use the following financial and non-financial KPIs to
measure the strategic performance of our business.
1. See page 148 for the definition of this KPI.
Operating free cash flow
1
(£m)
Leverage ratio
UK industry eticket penetration (%)
App share of transactions – International (%)
App share of transactions – UK (%)
Description
Operating profit or loss is a profit measure reflecting
profit or loss after tax before net financing income/
expense and tax.
Performance
Operating profit improved to £56 million, from
£28 million in the prior year.
Description
Operating free cash flow is cash generated from
operating activities adding back exceptional items, and
deducting cash flow in relation to capital expenditure.
Performance
Operating free cash flow was £91 million, up from
£8 million in the prior year.
Description
Leverage ratio is calculated as net debt divided by
adjusted EBITDA.
Performance
Leverage ratio improved to 0.5x in FY2024, from
1.2x in the prior year.
Description
Internally calculated value of eticket sales as a
percentage of total rail ticket sales value for the
UK rail industry.
Performance
In FY2024, eticket penetration increased to 47%,
from 43% in the prior year.
Description
Gross transactions through the mobile App as a percentage of
total gross transactions over the year for International Consumer.
Performance
The percentage of transactions that went through the Trainline
mobile App increased to 62%, from 54% in the prior year.
Description
Gross transactions through the mobile App as a percentage of
total gross transactions over the year for UK Consumer.
Performance
The percentage of transactions that went through the Trainline
mobile App increased to 91%, from 87% in the prior year.
28
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
CFO’s financial highlights
Record operating
performance
Group overview
Group net ticket sales increased to £5.3 billion, 22% higher YoY, at the top end
of our previously stated guidance range of 17% to 22%. The drivers of net ticket
sales growth are provided for each business unit below.
Increased net ticket sales helped Group revenue grow 21% to £397 million,
above Trainline’s previously guided range of between 15% to 20%. Gross profit
also grew by 21% to £305 million.
Adjusted EBITDA increased £36 million or 42% YoY to £122 million, outpacing
net ticket sales and revenue growth given the benefit of operating leverage
in both marketing and people-related costs. Adjusted EBITDA was 2.31% of
net ticket sales, exceeding our previously stated guidance range of 2.15% to
2.25%, which primarily reflected better than expected revenue growth and
cost discipline.
UK Consumer
Net ticket sales were £3.5 billion, 23% higher YoY. This reflected continued rail
market recovery, as well as the industry experiencing fewer strikes than in
the prior year (25 strike days
1
in FY2024 vs 30 in FY2023), which were also less
severe in their impact (estimated gross ticket sales impact per strike day of c.£4
million in FY2024 vs £5-6 million in FY2023).
Net ticket sales growth also reflected more people switching to digital tickets –
with industry eticket penetration at 47% of ticket sales in FY2024, up from 43%
in FY2023 – while long-distance and leisure travel remained strong.
1.
Strike days include planned strike days that were cancelled only shortly beforehand, and
therefore still resulted in significant industry disruption.
Net ticket sales
£5.3bn
FY2023: £4.3bn
Adjusted EBITDA
£122m
FY2023: £86m
Basic earnings
per share
7.3p
FY2023: 4.5p
Revenue
£397m
FY2023: £327m
I am pleased with the
momentum we are
building as we report
record operating
performance and
remain hugely excited
about the growth
opportunity ahead.”
Peter Wood,
Chief Financial Officer
29
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
CFO’s financial highlights
continued
UK Consumer cont.
Revenue grew 21% YoY to £209 million. This was slightly
slower than net ticket sales given faster growth in
commuter and on-the-day travel, which generate relatively
lower rates of revenue than longer-distance travel,
partly offset by our increased focus on non-commission
revenue generation.
Gross profit grew 19% to £145 million. Adjusted EBITDA of
£86 million was £14 million higher than in the prior year.
International Consumer
Net ticket sales were £1.0 billion, 14% higher YoY.
Growth was led by Spain and Italy, markets where carrier
competition is most widespread, with combined net
ticket sales up 43% YoY as Trainline positions itself as the
aggregator of choice. Combined net ticket sales across
France and Germany grew 3% YoY, reflecting Trainline’s
decision to pause brand marketing in France until the
arrival of more widespread carrier competition. Germany
remains a small part of the portfolio today and unattractive
from an investment perspective until we see improved
commercial terms and the arrival of carrier competition.
Growth was led by Trainline’s mobile App, which now
makes up 62% of transactions in International Consumer
(FY2023: 53%), while Web sales growth was tempered by
changes to the presentation of search engine results, as
outlined in Trainline’s Half-Year results in November.
Revenue was £53 million, growing 17% YoY. Revenue
growth outpaced net ticket sales, driven by higher non-
commission revenues and further growth in foreign travel
sales. Foreign travel sales generate higher revenue as a
percentage of net ticket sales than domestic travel.
Gross profit increased 19% to £36 million. Adjusted
EBITDA loss reduced to £(17) million (vs £(22) million last
year). Adjusted EBITDA on a pre-internal transaction fee
basis was £(1) million (vs £(9) million last year), in line
with previously stated guidance that it would approach
breakeven in FY2024.
Trainline Solutions
Net ticket sales were £785 million, 31% higher than prior
year, with a strong performance from IT Carrier Solutions
and business travel in the UK industry continuing to
recover from a lower base.
Revenue increased by 23% YoY to £135 million. Most of the
revenue related to an internal transaction fee paid by UK
Consumer and International Consumer.
Gross profit was £124 million, 24% higher YoY. Adjusted
EBITDA was £53 million, £16 million higher YoY.
FY2024 £m
FY2023 £m
Change from PY %
Net ticket sales
UK Consumer
3,469
2,811
+23%
International Consumer
1,041
915
+14%
Trainline Solutions
785
597
+31%
Total Group
5,295
4,323
+22%
Revenue
UK Consumer
209
172
+21%
International Consumer
53
45
+17%
Trainline Solutions
135
110
+23%
Total Group
397
327
+21%
Gross profit
UK Consumer
145
122
+19%
International Consumer
36
30
+19%
Trainline Solutions
124
100
+24%
Total Group
305
252
+21%
Adjusted EBITDA
122
86
+42%
Operating (loss)/profit
56
28
+28
Operating profit
The Group reported operating profit of £56 million, up
£28 million or 101%. Operating profit included:
Depreciation and amortisation charges of £42 million,
in line with prior year (FY2023: £41 million)
Share-based payment charges of £23 million, reflecting
the costs of our all-employee share incentive plan
(FY2023: £17 million)
Exceptional items of £2 million in relation to business
restructuring costs (no exceptional items in FY2023)
30
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Statement of financial position
FY2024 £m
FY2023 £m
Change from PY %
Non-current assets
532
536
(1)%
Cash and cash equivalents
91
57
59%
Other current assets
60
60
0%
Current liabilities
(223)
(213)
5%
Non-current liabilities
(148)
(150)
(1)%
Net assets & total equity
312
291
7%
Profit after tax
Profit after tax was £34 million, up £13 million or 60%
year on year. Profit after tax reflected operating profit
of £56 million, net finance charges of £7 million, and a
tax charge of £14 million. The effective tax rate of 29%
was above the UK corporation tax rate primarily due to
losses in overseas entities that are not recognised for
deferred tax.
Earnings per share (EPS)
Adjusted basic earnings per share was 12.3 pence vs
7.7 pence in FY2023. Adjusted basic earnings per share
adjusts for exceptional one-off items in the period,
any gains on the repurchase of convertible bonds,
amortisation of acquired intangibles, and share-based
payment charges, together with the tax impact of
these items.
Basic earnings per share was 7.3 pence versus 4.5 pence
in FY2023.
Outlook for FY2025
We continue to enjoy significant growth opportunities,
including increasing eticket penetration in the UK and
new entrant competition increasing the need for a market
aggregator for European rail.
Following a positive start to the year, in FY2025 Trainline
expects to generate:
Net ticket sales YoY growth of between +8% and +12%
Revenue YoY growth of between +7% and +11%
Adjusted EBITDA of between 2.4% and 2.5% of net
ticket sales
Our growth expectations are despite headwinds from
ongoing industrial action in the UK, as well as Transport
for London (TfL’s) planned expansion of their contactless
travel zone to a further 53 stations in FY2025.
Total net assets at the end of FY2024 were £312 million,
an increase from £291 million in FY2023.
Net current liabilities decreased to £(72) million from £(95)
million in FY2023. The decrease was predominantly due to
positive cash generation, partially offset by an increase in
trade creditors which was largely impacted by the timing
of payments in February 2024.
Non-current liabilities remained relatively flat at
£(148) million compared to £(150) million in FY2023.
Net debt was £64 million at the end of February 2024,
down from £100 million in February 2023. The Group’s
leverage ratio was 0.5x adjusted EBITDA (Feb 23: 1.2x;
Feb 22: 2.3x). The reduction in net debt primarily reflected
the generation of positive operating free cash flow in
FY2024, partly offset by £28 million of share repurchases
as at the end of February 2024.
Cash flow
Operating free cash flow was £91 million, up £83 million
year on year. Operating free cash flow included adjusted
EBITDA of £122 million and a working capital inflow of £10
million, reflecting Trainline’s negative working capital cycle.
This was partly offset by capital expenditure of £41 million,
reflecting ongoing investment in product and technology.
Peter Wood
Chief Financial Officer
3 May 2024
CFO’s financial highlights
continued
31
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Principal risks heat map
Probability of realisation
of Trainlineʹs principal risks
Moderate
High
Major
Moderate
significance
High
significance
Major
significance
Key
Regulatory and political environment
Market shock/economic disruption
Technology operations
and security
Competitive landscape
People
Compliance
Supply and partnerships
Principal risks and uncertainties
Our risk management framework
At Trainline, risk management is an integral part of our
culture and how we operate. Our Management Team
takes an active role in managing risks through day-to-day
operations, guided by the Board and the risk parameters
set out as part of Trainline’s strategic objectives.
The Group has a defined Enterprise Risk Management
(‘ERMʹ) framework as well as a Risk Policy in place that
jointly govern our risk management programme. The ERM
framework formalises ownership of, and the process for
identifying, assessing and responding to risks. Our risk
management process and timelines allow for a timely and
detailed reporting of the risks facing the Group.
Roles and responsibilities
The Trainline Board of Directors has ultimate responsibility
for the risk management programme and internal
controls. The Board is also responsible for assessing
events and circumstances which could threaten Trainline’s
current and/or future strategy, business operations or
business model, and for providing guidance and advice to
our Management Team on navigating risks.
The Board also sets the tone for risk management, the
risk culture, as well as the context for how decisions are
made when evaluating risks. The Board is supported
by the Group, through Trainline’s Management Team
and the Audit and Risk Committee to review, report on
and manage risks. During our annual strategy planning
process as well as during our half-year and year-end
reporting processes, all key risks facing the business are
formally reviewed and assessed by the Board.
Oversight and governance
The oversight and governance of our risk management
practices is summarised in the infographic below.
The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for reviewing
the effectiveness of Trainline’s internal controls and risk
management practices and for reporting relevant matters
to the Board. The Committee ensures that Trainline’s risk
registers are comprehensive, timely monitored, and risk
summaries are proactively communicated back to the
Board. A flow of clear, timely and relevant communication
exists between the Audit and Risk Committee and the
Board, which continues from the Board to Trainline’s wider
business and vice versa.
Trainline’s Internal Risk Committee (‘IRC’) serves as a forum
for senior risk owners within the business to discuss the
Group’s risk landscape and mitigating activities. The IRC
also identifies and discusses potential emerging risks
facing the Group. The IRC reports regularly to the Audit
and Risk Committee and the Board.
As our risk management is a continuous process,
functional Risk and Control Owners are responsible for
proactively raising and helping to assess risks. Risk and
Control Owners participate in periodic risk workshops and,
where required, may also be responsible for implementing
risk mitigation strategies.
At Trainline, we adopt a robust
risk management strategy to ensure
we continue to grow our business
in a sustainable way, achieve our
objectives and provide value to
our customers, shareholders and
other stakeholders.
Audit
& Risk
Committee
Internal
Risk Committee
(IRC)
Risk and
Control Owners
Oversight and governance
around risk management
Formal risk reviews and
setting risk appetite
Review and calibration
of principal risks
Review and assessment
of emerging risks
Current and future risk
mitigation actions and
controls
Risk review and assessment
as part of risk workshops
Continuously manage and
update risk profiles
Identify, implement and
monitor mitigating actions
32
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
Risk appetite
Risk appetite measures how much risk exposure the
organisation is willing to accept. We have defined risk
appetite levels in our ERM framework, which helps us make
more informed decisions by consistently targeting priority
areas across our risk landscape. Our risk appetite sits across
a 5-level scale, namely ‘Averse’, ‘Minimalist’, ‘Cautious’,
‘Open’ and ‘Hungry’. The selected level of risk appetite helps
define and drive our risk mitigating actions and timelines.
We have risk appetite thresholds in place for each of our
principal risks and we proactively review and monitor these
as part of our risk workshops and review processes. As a
fast-growing technology business with an international
growth strategy, the Group recognises that our prudent
approach to compliance and regulatory risks must be
carefully balanced with our more ambitious commercial
and technology objectives.
Our risk appetite is outlined in our Risk Policy and is
formally approved by the Board annually.
Risk assurance
Our risk assurance process is based on the ‘Three Lines
of Defence’ model. This governance model describes
and defines ownership and accountability of how various
business functions within Trainline work together to
proactively manage risks. Day-to-day responsibility for risk
management lies with functional Risk and Control Owners.
The relevant management teams and risk committees
provide second line guidance, oversight, and challenge within
the risk management process. Group Internal Audit delivers
risk-based audits in the third line to provide independent
assurance on the effectiveness of mitigating controls.
Our enterprise risks are formally assessed bi-annually as
part of dedicated risk workshops held with responsible Risk
and Control Owners across the business. These Risk and
Control Owners are leaders within functional teams with
management and budgetary oversight. The risk workshops
provide challenge and validation to the completeness of
functional risks and if these are assessed and scored in line
with the ERM framework.
Risks are mapped to one of the Group’s seven Principal
Risks, which allows for the aggregation of the risk scores and
enables an initial, quantitative review of the risk landscape.
We have a dedicated governance, risk and compliance
software tool in place, where all risks are logged, scored,
assessed and reported on.
The IRC meets on a bi-annual basis to evaluate the
consolidated results from the risk workshops. The IRC is
chaired by the Group’s CFO and is composed of senior risk
owners with direct oversight of the Group’s seven Principal
Risks. The IRC is tasked to review, calibrate and map out
the Group’s risk landscape and may also provide additional
improvement opportunities for risk management practices.
The IRC also proactively reviews and discusses emerging
risks. The Group Head of Risk and Internal Audit serves as
the secretary of the IRC.
The Audit and Risk Committee runs quarterly risk “deep
dives” as part of which each of our Principal Risks is
specifically reviewed and discussed with the key Risk and
Control Owner. These “deep dives” provide the Audit and
Risk Committee with a more in-depth view of the existing
and planned mitigating actions around our Principal Risks.
The Board formally reviews the consolidated risk landscape.
Emerging risks
Other than Trainline’s Principal Risks, the Board also considers
potential emerging risks and their impact on our operations.
As per our risk management framework, we define emerging
risks as uncertainties that may materialise over the next 12
to 18-month time horizon. Such risks are inherently difficult
to quantify, but as part of our functional risk workshops and
horizon-scanning activities at the IRC, the following areas of
potential longer-term uncertainties were identified:
As privacy concerns increase and corresponding
legislation around the use of Artificial Intelligence
(‘AI’) matures across the EU and the UK, we may face
additional compliance and regulatory headwinds. As
a mitigation, we now have an AI Lab in place tasked
with assessing our responses to these emerging
challenges. As in many other industries, the medium
to longer-term disruptive impact of AI on the online
retail sector remains uncertain and difficult to predict.
As AI-enabled tools may affect how our customers
search for, plan and book their rail travel, we will
continue to invest in our engineering expertise
and partner relationships to stay abreast of this
emerging area.
Though we believe the Group is well positioned to take
advantage of the increased push for sustainable travel,
there are potential longer-term uncertainties around the
climate-related legislative agenda. Further information
on climate-related risks is available on pages 46 to 49.
Open/Hungry
Cautious/Minimalist
Averse
As we operate in a fast-paced
and competitive technology
environment, we may take a
‘hungry’ or ‘open’ approach to
explore and develop new product
innovations or to take advantage of
commercial opportunities.
In the pursuit of our strategic objectives,
we take a ‘cautious’ approach as we
manage different and often conflicting
priorities of our key stakeholder
groups, including but not limited to our
customers, industry peers, suppliers,
regulators, investors and our employees.
At the same time, we aim to maintain
a ‘minimalist’ approach to risks related
to the management of key systems and
data that we leverage in delivery of our
business objectives.
We would typically take an ‘averse’
stance and take all reasonable steps
to minimise our exposure with regards
to any risks related to our regulatory
and compliance requirements, risks
that could damage our reputation
or brand, and potentially impact the
governance and compliance efforts
of the business.
Risk appetite
33
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Key
Link to strategic
growth priorities:
1. Regulatory and political environment
Status:
In December 2023, the Secretary of State for Transport withdrew the proposal to create a new Great British Railways (GBR) ticket retailing website and app. With a General Election
expected in the UK during FY2025, there will be continued uncertainty in overall national rail strategy and policy. In April 2024, the Labour Party launched their rail policy at an event held at
Trainline’s London offices. Labour outlined plans to bring private rail operators back under public ownership over time and create a centralised body, Great British Railways. However they have
confirmed to Trainline that they have no plans to revive the current Government’s previous proposal for a national retailing website and app. In parallel, EU Parliamentary elections will take
place in June 2024 and subsequently a new Commission will be formed with regulatory developments expected later in the year. In European Member States over the past year, there have been
positive developments with continued liberalisation and favourable decisions by EU legislative bodies as well as Member State competition authorities.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
Trainline’s operations could be affected by policy
and legislative changes enacted by governments
and regulators.
Our results and performance may be negatively
impacted if unfavourable measures are implemented
in our key operating markets.
Trainline recognises the importance of developing strong and effective
relationships with governments and rail industry partners. The Corporate
Affairs team proactively engages with UK and EU national governments,
institutions and carrier partners as part of a structured programme of
stakeholder engagement. As part of this engagement, we have interacted
with and hosted various political parties. Most recently, our office location
was chosen by Labour to publicly announce their strategic vision for rail, and
as part of this, Trainline’s innovative solutions and the value and choice we
deliver for customers were consistently highlighted.
As part of growing business in the European markets, we have also been
proactively engaging with key stakeholders at European Union institutions
and Member State levels. We have also maintained in-house regulatory
expertise in key locations. For more information on our regulatory landscape,
see page 11.
Our engagement is coordinated with our overall communication and brand
positioning to present a coherent message to our audiences and industry
stakeholders. Our award-winning sustainability awareness campaign, ‘I
Came By Train’, which launched in FY2023 and further expanded throughout
FY2024, has been positively welcomed by rail and government stakeholders.
We also continue to network, organise and sponsor industry events and
knowledge-sharing e.g. our proprietary data insights. Through doing this,
we ensure that Trainline’s external operating environment remains as
supportive as possible of our ambitions.
Programmatic engagement
with key industry partners and
government representatives
with monitoring of sentiment
shifts. Our regulatory team in
the EU follows our engagement
framework and approach
developed in the UK
By utilising systematic monitoring
processes and in close
cooperation with our in-country
legal advisers in the EU, we track
changes to laws and regulations
across key geographies in which
we operate
We undertake comprehensive
risk analysis and modelling,
both in-house and through
specialist consultancies
We monitor public sentiment and
trends via polling, focus groups
and other methods
Increase
No change
Decrease
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build demand
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
34
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Key
2. Market shock and economic disruption
Status:
Though inflationary and interest rate pressures have begun to ease as compared to prior periods across our principal markets in the EU and the UK, the ongoing geopolitical
uncertainties and cost-of-living crisis may continue to negatively impact the rail industry, the travelling public and consequently our financial performance. Whilst strike activity across
our major markets has lessened during the year, a return of potential disruptions within the rail industry may have a direct impact on our results.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
Though Trainline is not significantly exposed to
inflation and interest spikes directly, adverse
economic conditions may impact the spending
power of our customers and may therefore affect
our financial results.
Significant geopolitical events or disruptions in
our markets (e.g., rail strikes) could damage our
operational results and profitability.
Our Executive Team continues to closely monitor and assess the
potential impact of geopolitical trends and macroeconomic pressures
on the business. Detailed and timely metrics are in place around
customer and corporate travel spend and trends.
We conduct detailed and careful analysis and modelling of cash
balances and debt levels to ensure Trainline’s liquidity, access to
financial facilities and sustainable business operations all support
our long-term growth. As part of our robust strategic planning and
budgeting cycles, we continue to monitor and strengthen our balance
sheet to improve resilience.
We have fully tested “strike playbooks” for each of our key markets
which include cross-functional responses by our customer services
teams and our Executive Team.
Trainline has a large and diverse portfolio of investors, banks and
advisers, allowing us to maintain access to global capital markets
and funding.
Daily tracking of passenger
numbers and sales trends
Monitoring of financial and
investment markets
Investor engagement
Engagement with banking and
financing partners
Monitoring of our credit rating
Analysis of industry, economic
and financial drivers
Balance sheet reviews
and analytics
Close engagement with
rail industry regulators and
contacts in all key markets
where we operate to anticipate
strike action
Link to strategic
growth priorities:
Increase
No change
Decrease
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build demand
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
35
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Link to strategic
growth priorities:
3. Technology operations and security
Status:
As an online retailing platform, our operations depend on the uptime, availability and security of our technology infrastructure, systems and key third-party relationships.
Though Trainline has always faced a level of security vulnerabilities, over the past year, an increase in the number and sophistication of denial-of-service attacks by state-sponsored
actors has been widely reported. Though we continue to successfully contain these threats, there is an increased risk around potential cyber events across industries deemed to be of
strategic interest and importance in the UK. Potential security events may result in disruptions to our systems and services and could significantly impact our business, financial results
and reputation.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
As an online retailing platform, our operations
depend on the uptime, availability and security of our
technology infrastructure and systems. Significant
disruptions to our products and services, including
potential security incidents, could significantly impact
our financial results and reputation.
As we work closely with key third-party technology
service providers, a potential failure or outage at
these providers may reverberate across our systems
infrastructure and product portfolio.
Any potential loss or compromise of our critical
customer data may also lead to significant
financial penalties, and a loss of employee and
customer confidence.
Our Infrastructure and Operations teams have a formal Major Incident
Management framework in place, including an ‘on-call’ rota to provide
continuous monitoring coverage over our key systems, infrastructure,
and mission-critical processes. Our ‘Cloud First’ strategy helps mitigate
this risk by enabling seamless cut-over between third-party cloud
service locations.
Our Infrastructure and Operations teams, jointly with our Security
practice, continue to regularly review critical third-party technology
providers to assess service levels, resilience and security.
The Group’s cross-functional Security and Privacy Steering Committee
regularly reviews and monitors existing and emerging security threats
as well as our current mitigation strategies. This Committee, including
our Data Privacy Officer (‘DPO’), also discusses privacy matters to
confirm that we continue to adhere to data privacy regulations across
our markets.
In FY2024, we refreshed our compliance training framework, with key
focus on information and cybersecurity as well as privacy topics. All
existing and new Trainline employees are required to complete relevant
e-learning around cybersecurity and privacy-related topics. The security
and privacy teams, led by the Chief Information Security Officer (‘CISO’)
provide additional periodic, targeted training.
Trainline is certified PCI Level 1 compliant. In FY2024, we successfully
re-certified for the ISO 22301 and obtained the ISO 27001 accreditation
for the business. These international standards around business
resilience and information systems management, respectively, require
us to continuously monitor, review and improve the relevant controls
and processes.
For more information on our technology, see pages 16 and 17.
On-call technical teams as
part of the Major Incident
Management framework
providing 24/7 monitoring
Regular, independent
review of detection and
prevention systems/process
operating effectiveness and
remedial activity
Our dedicated Data Privacy
team works across the
business to continue to
monitor and advise on the
use and treatment of personal
data information
Annual targeted threat and
vulnerability assessments and
monitoring by cross-functional,
executive-level committees
Scenario tests and crisis
simulation workshops
with senior executive and
leadership teams
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
36
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Key
4. Competitive landscape
Status:
There is an increasingly competitive online travel environment as existing travel service providers continuously improve and market their offerings together with new
technologies. Ongoing changes to search engine results presentation have required close monitoring and strategy adaptation to mitigate impact across acquisition channels.
We continue to expand our footprint in Spain and Italy, enhancing our localisation, branding strategies and product offering to enable us to compete in these focus markets.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
As we operate in the fast-moving technology sector, we
are faced with new and emerging technologies as well
as new entrants in our markets.
As part of our international expansion in Europe, we
undertake targeted branding and marketing activities
to acquire customers. If these campaigns were to be
unsuccessful, our long-term expansion and growth
strategy may be at risk.
Failure to ensure that our technology and user
experience meet the needs of our customers and
that Trainline’s offering remains ahead of competitor
products could have an adverse impact on our results.
Our leadership team, our exceptional team of c.500 engineers, data
and technology specialists, strong industry networks and agile way of
working help ensure that we remain innovative.
We undertake regular customer, market and competitor analyses to
identify and assess potential competitive threats and opportunities. We
continue to closely monitor new entrants into our markets to proactively
counter competitive threats and aggressive marketing campaigns.
We have a robust and well-defined product strategy and roadmap in
place. We have been continuing the development and trial of Pay-As-
You-Go (PAYG) solutions and have plans in place to launch contactless
ticketing capabilities within our mobile App in the UK.
We have continued to expand our in-app customer offering with
enhanced partnerships, such as the arrangement with Booking.com.
Monitoring and analysis of
competitor behaviour and
industry landscape
Clearly defined performance
indicators to monitor customer
statistics and customer
lifetime value
Robust and data-driven
branding and marketing
programmes designed
to support strategic
objectives in the UK and new
European markets
Well-defined product strategy
and roadmap
Link to strategic
growth priorities:
Increase
No change
Decrease
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build demand
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
37
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Key
5. People
Status:
As a fast-growing technology business, attracting and retaining the best technology talent is a critical element of our strategy. Even though the technology talent market
remains competitive, our regretted attrition metric has continued to improve. We continue to review, benchmark and adjust our employee compensation and benefit packages to
ensure we remain an employer of choice in the technology sector.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
Trainline’s business depends on hiring and retaining
first-class talent in the highly competitive technology
industry. Inability to attract and retain critical skills and
capabilities could hinder our ability to deliver on our
strategic objectives.
We work hard to develop and sustain our highly collaborative, agile and
innovative culture, which incorporates the wellbeing and professional
development of team members across each geography/location.
We continue to build capabilities and grow our teams in our key
markets, in particular our Engineering, Data, Marketing, Industry and
Government Relations teams.
Organisational reviews are undertaken on a regular basis to ensure
that teams are built to succeed and that we remain competitive to retain
and attract talent. We continue to place a high priority on the mental
health and wellbeing of our People through our well-developed and
continuously improving wellbeing initiatives. We have also continued
to support the work of employee networks promoting diversity and
inclusion across Trainline.
In FY2024, we rolled out a dedicated career progression tool across the
business with the explicit objective to standardise and democratise our
internal promotions and mobility process.
The implementation and further upgrades of dedicated HR, recruitment
and talent and performance management systems enable us to more
proactively manage our relationship and engagement with potential
and current Trainliners.
For more information on our People and culture, please see pages 41 to
45, 55, 58 and 63.
We conduct regular employee
engagement surveys (‘Have
Your Say’), and monitor and act
on employee feedback. Overall
results and action plans are
formally presented at company
All-Hands for full visibility
and transparency
Regretted attrition
rate monitoring
Annual benchmarking of
compensation across peer and
industry groups
Link to strategic
growth priorities:
Increase
No change
Decrease
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build demand
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
38
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Key
6. Compliance
Status:
The Group has maintained its focus on compliance and has continued to recruit, train and deploy legal professionals in our key markets in the UK and the EU. We have
continued to proactively provide relevant compliance training and refreshers to Trainliners.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
The Group works within various licence terms and with
licensing bodies and regulatory structures in order that
it may retail rail and coach tickets to customers across
the world.
Should Trainline not comply with licences, legislation,
regulatory requirements or other such frameworks,
this could affect the Group’s ability to conduct business
operations and its reputation with customers.
We take a comprehensive and robust approach to compliance. We
have dedicated staff in place, who help to track and monitor legal,
contractual and regulatory compliance requirements in each market
where we operate.
In FY2024, we implemented and rolled out an enhanced compliance
training tool to propagate regulatory and compliance messaging and
training to all Trainliners. This includes information security, privacy
and data, as well as anti-bribery type mandatory training courses.
We also run annual refresher trainings to reinforce our commitment
to compliance.
We operate a whistleblowing policy, whereby any Trainline employee
can quickly and confidentially raise concerns and feedback through an
anonymous third-party hotline/email. All reported cases are formally
investigated and reported on to Trainline’s Audit and Risk Committee.
Trainline is committed to being a responsible taxpayer acting in
a transparent manner. Our detailed tax strategy includes further
transparency on our approach to risk management, compliance and
governance, as approved by the Board.
Under our licence obligations and other regulatory requirements, we
are subject to regular or ad hoc third-party compliance reviews. The
results of these reviews are formally communicated to the Audit and
Risk Committee.
Regular assessment of
laws and regulations across
key geographies in which
we operate
Monitoring of customer,
industry and Board concerns
Formal review and
assessment of whistleblowing
cases received
Monitoring of employee
compliance training statistics
Link to strategic
growth priorities:
Increase
No change
Decrease
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build demand
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
39
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Key
7. Supply and partnerships
Status:
The successful execution of our strategy is reliant upon retaining existing licences and commercial agreements with our rail and coach operating partners and continuing
to add new carriers to our network. The recent favourable regulatory decisions in the EU to enforce the parity and uniformity of access to carrier data have lessened our overall risk
exposure and are likely to improve our commercial prospects in those markets. We are closely monitoring and engaging with key stakeholders on the emergence of new ticketing
initiatives, meant to encourage and simplify rail travel, to ensure we are well placed to partake in these opportunities as they arise.
Description of risk
How we mitigate the risk
How we monitor the risk
Change
Trainline retails rail and coach tickets across many
countries and to customers across the world. We
therefore rely on secure, reliable and timely data from
our rail and coach carrier partners for all fares and
ticket types.
A unilateral termination or amendment by a rail or
coach carrier of the contractual and licence terms,
including a significant reduction in our commissions
or the availability of timely carrier data, would have a
material impact on our operations and financial results.
We have dedicated senior carrier relationship teams in place in the UK
and the EU, who are closely engaged with our rail and coach operating
partners across all geographies in which we operate.
In cooperation with our Regulatory teams, we work closely with key
governmental, trade and rail industry bodies across our key markets to
help facilitate our access to carrier data. For more information on our
regulatory landscape, see page 11.
Governments in the UK and the EU are trialling various ticketing
schemes to encourage rail travel. In coordination with our
Government Relations teams, we remain closely engaged with key
governmental stakeholders as well as our supply partners in the
markets potentially impacted by these developments.
In France, we have recently joined forces with other independent rail
distributors to create “ADN Mobilités”, an association for independent
rail distributors to continue to lobby for better conditions and a level
playing field in the sector.
Long-standing relationships
with key rail industry
stakeholders and with our
carrier partners
Highly experienced Supply
teams in the UK and EU,
responsible for monitoring and
responding to the needs of our
partners, as well as identifying
new supply opportunities
Link to strategic
growth priorities:
Increase
No change
Decrease
Enhancing the
customer experience
Increase customer
lifetime value
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Build demand
Principal risks and uncertainties
continued
40
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Viability statement
Forecasting period
Three years was considered an appropriate assessment
period. The three-year period is aligned to the Group’s
annual strategic planning process. The base case reflects
the Group’s three-year plan, which includes the current
best estimate of outlook. The key assumptions in the
three-year plan which could be impacted by the principal
risks are: the rate of net ticket sales growth and the
associated revenue growth; the impact of further strikes
in the rail sector; and the level of cost required, including
capex, to meet sales and revenue forecasts.
How viability was considered
To assess the viability of the business, sensitivity scenarios
were modelled from the base case taking into consideration
the Group’s principal risks if they were to occur. This involved
flexing some of the key assumptions by downside changes,
incorporating severe but plausible downside scenarios
and quantifying the potential impact of one or more of the
principal risks crystallising over the assessment period. None
of the scenarios modelled include any mitigating actions.
The viability assessment considered whether the covenant
requirements, as disclosed in Note 1 to the Financial
Statements, would be met in all applicable periods.
In accordance with the requirements of the UK Corporate Governance
Code 2018, the Directors have assessed the long-term viability of the
Group and its ability to meet its liabilities over a three-year period.
The Directors carried out a robust assessment of the Group’s principal
and emerging risks as set out on pages 31 to 39 and the potential impact
of any of these risks on the long-term viability of the Group.
Scenario 1
Market-based sensitivity, based on a reduction of
15% of forecast EBITDA due to decreased sales
arising from the impact of a number of factors
such as train strikes and decreased consumer
spending power
Link to principal risks: all
Scenario 2
20% additional marketing spend with no upside in
sales/revenue
Link to principal risks: Market shock/economic
disruption; Technology operations and security;
Competitive landscape; Regulatory and political
environment; Supply and partnerships
Scenario 3
£10 million additional capex in each year with no
upside in sales/revenue
Link to principal risks: Technology operations
and security; People; Competitive landscape
Scenario 4
Data breach in FY2026, resulting in reduced
revenue, compliance fines and ongoing increased
IT security costs
Link to principal risks: Technology operations
and security; Compliance; Regulatory and
political environment
Conclusion
The Group is forecast to meet covenant requirements in all periods in which they are applicable under the base case
and under all scenarios considered. The Group has sufficient cash reserves to draw down on as needed, as well as the
RCF which has headroom to draw down further as at the date of signing of this Annual Report and Financial Statements.
The Board confirms that it has a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and
meet its liabilities as they fall due over the next three years.
Sensitivities applied
The sensitivity scenarios applied were as follows:
41
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
64%
36%
61%
39%
78%
22%
34%
66%
74%
26%
60%
40%
Our People and Culture
Our People are at the
heart
of our business
It’s our innovative team accomplishing brilliant things
every day that makes it simpler, easier and greener for
people to go on their journeys and see the world.
c.1,000
Employees
c.500
Engineers, data
and tech specialists
121
Promotions
c.55
Nationalities
Gender
Ethnicity
Junior Leadership
Senior Leadership
Male
Female
Diversity at Trainline
Our approach to diversity,
inclusion and belonging
focuses on removing
barriers, creating
connections and being
a place where everyone
can belong and thrive. We
have formed a Diversity
and Inclusion Steering
Committee with members
of our Employee Networks,
Management Team and
People Team who meet
quarterly to discuss
progress against our
diversity and inclusion KPIs.
We will continue to
encourage our People
to voluntarily share their
ethnicity with us so that
they can all belong and
thrive at Trainline.
You can read more on our
diversity and inclusion
initiatives on page 45.
Ethnicity
1
Trainline
2
Early Career Hires
3
UK
4
Asian or Asian British
15%
33%
9%
Black, Black British, Caribbean or
African
3%
4%
Mixed or multiple ethnic groups
6%
3%
Other ethnic group
1%
33%
1%
White
73%
33%
83%
Prefer not to disclose
2%
1.
The ethnicities used are those defined in the UK Government agreed list of ethnic groups which is available here:
www.ethnicity-facts-figures.service.gov.uk/style-guide/ethnic-groups.
2.
Ethnicity data is provided by our People on a voluntary basis and therefore this data is for the 69% of our UK
workforce who disclosed their ethnicity or that stated that they would prefer not to say. Under EU law we are not
permitted to disclose ethnicity data for our People based in the EU.
3.
Percentage of Early Career Hires identifying as an ethnic minority is 66%. Early career hires are the members
of
our apprentice programme. Ethnic minority is defined as anyone who identifies themselves as an ethnicity that is
not White (English, Welsh, Scottish, Northern Irish or British, Irish, Gypsy or Irish Traveller, Roma, Any other White
background). In the current reporting period the population of Early Career Hires is three, all of whom responded to
the ethnicity survey to voluntarily disclose their ethnicity.
4.
UK 2021 Census data.
Technical roles
All our People
Early Career Hire
Management Team
42
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Our People and Culture
continued
Mentoring has helped me build
more confidence in myself and in
my role as a Team Lead — I’ve learnt
tools that have helped me build
my communication, presentation
and delegation skills. I’ve now also
volunteered to be a Mentor so that
I can give back what I’ve learnt
from my Mentee journey.”
Rakesh Kumar –
Engineering Team Lead
We are proud of the bright minds that work here at Trainline, constantly
innovating, problem-solving and obsessing over making our customer
experience ever better. We celebrate new ideas and encourage our
People to stretch their minds, share their knowledge and be inspired.
Tech Summit
Through a series of talks, panels and workshops,
our teams shared their knowledge and experiences,
inspiring each other to grow professionally. The event
agenda also included ‘unconference’ sessions, giving
our People the opportunity to climb into the driving seat
and steer conversations around the things that matter
most to them, covering everything from technology
to career development.
Growth Month
We encourage all Trainliners to have a Growth Mindset
and continue their learning. In July we ran Growth Month,
a new initiative dedicated to personal development, where
Trainliners work with their manager to build a growth plan
that is focused on achieving their career ambitions.
Trainline Hackathon
Our Trainline Hackathon returned this year, with our
teams coming together over forty eight hours to work
on exciting ideas that could have a big impact for our
customers and Trainline.
Think
big!
43
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
43
Growing a career
Providing rewarding career journeys is important to us
and we want to make sure all Trainliners can thrive, have
equal access to growth opportunities and achieve
their career goals.
Progression
During the year we launched Career Pathways and
transparent salary bands for all our teams, to provide
our People with the information they need to help them
progress. We’re excited to be a leader in the movement
towards pay transparency.
Access to learning
We introduced Personal Learning Budgets, giving every
Trainliner an annual allowance to spend on learning
that matters to them, as we know everyone is on a
different development journey. We also offer a carefully
curated catalogue of workshops for Trainliners to sign
up to, inspired by development areas identified during
Growth Month.
Our Mentor Me programme continues to be a success
with over 100 Trainliners being mentored this year. The
programme gives Trainliners access to a network of fellow
colleagues who are excited to share their knowledge and
expertise. It’s not only a great development opportunity,
but also a fantastic way to connect and build relationships.
I kicked off my journey at Trainline
a decade ago as a Developer. I was
dreaming of something different
than the expected next stop and
that role didn’t exist... yet! Fast
forward to this year and I’ve moved
into a role that’s like a tailor-made
fit for what I love the most.”
Sara Estrela –
Program Manager
Tech Talent
Internal mobility
We’re big on celebrating our amazing team and boosting
their careers. This year we promoted over 10% of our
workforce and made some improvements to the process
by bringing in robust panels and extra feedback loops.
We have also supported internal moves, including
numerous secondment opportunities, as well as a number
of relocations across our European offices.
High performance culture
We have continued to integrate Objectives and Key
Results (‘OKRs’) as our goal setting methodology, helping
our People and teams stay connected and aligned to our
business objectives. In turn this allows our People to track
how they are contributing to our success, increasing job
satisfaction and engagement, which is key to the execution
of our strategy.
Investing in our Technology teams
Supporting our thriving Tech community with events,
resources and tools to keep building world-class talent
is key. We’ve grown our partnerships with some of the
leading technology-focused capability platforms to ensure
we are building the cutting-edge skills required to keep
our teams at the forefront of developments in technology.
Own
it!
Our People and Culture
continued
44
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
It’s super rewarding to see
the immediate impact of just
a day’s worth of work. This year I
volunteered at a renewable charity
in South Wales, helping with their
investment data migration.”
Kani Hinshelwood –
Lead Data Scientist & Green Network Co-Chair
Giving back
We’re passionate about giving back to communities and
empowering our Trainliners to do so too which is why
we’ve supported the following causes, amongst others,
during the year:
we’ve made donations to support those in desperate
need of help in Morocco, Libya, Turkey, Syria,
Israel and Gaza;
we donated to Rail Partners with Ukraine who
provide food packages to Ukrainian Rail workers and
their families;
we love seeing Trainliners take on challenges for
charity and this year have donated £5,000 through our
donation matching scheme;
our Edinburgh office partnered with Meraki Talent
to support local children from low socio-economic
backgrounds. In the summer they donated twenty eight
school bags, and as part of the festive season donated
seventy six Christmas presents; and
at our SummerFest event in June, we replaced
plastic prizes with charity donations, as chosen by
our Diversity Networks. In total we donated £10,000
between our four chosen charities: The Ocean Cleanup,
Scope, Gendered Intelligence and Minority Rights
Group International.
Do
good!
Sustainability
Greener workplaces
Reducing the environmental impact of our offices has
been a continued focus for us. To help support our
transition to a new flexible way of working, we made
some exciting upgrades to all our offices, with our
commitment to sustainability staying at the forefront
throughout, e.g. new phonebooths with insulation made
from over 1,000 recycled plastic bottles. We also partner
with suppliers who share our dedication to sustainability
and environmental consciousness.
Communication and engagement
Our sustainability-led purpose continues to be at the
forefront of regular communications with our People
and inspires our programme of sustainability-focused
events. Our Green Network help us champion our green
purpose and generate new ideas to help us build a more
sustainable workplace and culture.
This included our Do Good Week in December 2023, which
was dedicated to bringing our purpose to life internally
and putting our Do Good value into action to benefit
our local communities, through volunteering events
supporting refugees, diverse talent and unemployed
young people and adults.
250+ trees planted in our Trainliner forest
As part of our journey to reduce our own carbon footprint,
we have our very own Trainline forest in the Bosawas
Biosphere Reserve in Nicaragua. Each time a new Trainliner
passes probation we plant a tree for them, with over 250
trees planted in 2023, so that each of us is having a positive,
direct and long-lasting impact on the environment.
Volunteering
All Trainliners can take one day a year outside of holiday
allowances to give back to a charity of their choice. This
year our employees supported charities such as the UN
Women UK’s Safe Space Now initiative, School of Hard
Knocks and lots of local schools and community centres.
Inspiring young talent
We welcomed our third cohort of apprentices into our
engineering teams as part of our continued relationship
with Multiverse, helping us kick-start careers for young
people from under-represented communities. From our
first cohort, we were pleased to celebrate three permanent
roles across our Tech and People teams this year, with our
additional apprentices on track to meet their goals.
This year we also began two new partnership with Circl
and Career Accelerator to help equip young people from
under-represented backgrounds with the information,
skills and mindset to achieve their career aspirations.
Our People and Culture
continued
45
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Diversity and Inclusion
We know that having a diverse team fuels our success.
And when we say diverse, we mean it in all ways – gender,
ethnicity, sexuality, disability, nationality, and diversity
of thought. It’s what makes Trainline a place where
individuality is celebrated. We are committed to creating
workplaces where everyone belongs, is celebrated and their
differences are valued, creating an awesome employee and
customer experience.
Women in Technology
We’re on a mission to reduce the tech gender gap and this
year joined forces with SheCanCode to help us increase
diversity across our tech workforce. Through their platform
we’re able to engage with a niche target audience of women
in tech to help position us as an employer of choice. As well
as job postings, we also partner on events and this year
sponsored and attended their ‘SheCanCode Power Hack’.
We continue to be a signatory with Tech Talent Charter
as part of our commitment to diversifying the wider tech
industry and driving inclusion across the sector.
We’ve made changes to our recruitment processes to help
us hire more women into technology, including ‘Always
On’ female engineering hiring, double referral bonuses for
female engineers and gender decoding of job adverts.
And we have sponsored and attended both Karren
Brady’s Women in Business & Tech Expo where our Chief
Technology Officer, Milena Nikolic was a keynote speaker,
and Women of Silicon Roundabout.
Increasing diverse representation
This year we sponsored and exhibited at Black Tech Fest
and hosted a number of meet-up events at our offices
to bring communities together including Deengineers, a
community striving to bridge the gap between Muslims
and the tech industry, and Out in Tech who bring together
LGBTQ+ leaders.
Inclusive practices
We launched a new Menopause Policy which included
the launch of coaching sessions with our partner Parent
and Professional coaching. We also launched an internal
inclusive language guide and glossary, acting as a point
of reference for Trainliners to help identify appropriate
inclusive language.
We have significantly invested in our Family Friendly
offering over the last couple of years and are proud of
our offering. We also introduced added support for those
undergoing fertility treatment or parental bereavement.
Diversity Networks
Our Diversity Networks play a key role in our diversity and
inclusion agenda, empowering and supporting under-
represented groups, by providing a safe space to talk, a
place to come up with new ideas and a channel for voices to
be heard. A few highlights this year have been the launch of
I’m so proud of the achievements
of the Rainbow Train Network
this year advocating for and
shining a spotlight on our
LGBTQ+ colleagues.”
Neil Taylor –
Engineering Manager
our own Accessibility Podcast, Black History Month and our
first year at Pride London.
Making Trainline a great place to work
Investment in our workplaces
With more people coming back to our offices to connect
and collaborate, we invested in some major upgrades
across all our office locations, opening new offices in
Barcelona and Milan, upgrading desk set-up in the UK
and, with lots of new furniture and space creations to help
people do their best work. We also continue to offer free
breakfasts and soft drinks every day, plus lunches and
evening socials each month.
Compliance training
We launched a new approach to compliance training, to
make sure we’re protecting the business and ourselves
by staying cyber safe, legally compliant and inclusive. All
employees completed a series of online courses, including
diversity and inclusion, anti-bribery, whistleblowing,
information security, cybersecurity and privacy.
Mental Health & Wellbeing
We continue to prioritise the mental health and wellbeing
of our People, with an extensive support offering available.
We also provided training for an additional thirty-nine
Trainliners to become Mental Health First Aiders and
celebrated Wellbeing Week, which included activities such
as financial wellbeing talks, yoga, coffee mornings, puppy
therapy and more.
Travel
together
Our People and Culture
continued
46
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Due to the nature of our business, Trainline has inherently
lower direct carbon emissions compared to other business
sectors with a significant proportion of our greenhouse
gas (‘GHG’) emissions arising from the use of third-party
cloud computing services and digital marketing. We have
limited ability to influence the emissions created by these
third parties but we actively engage with our largest
suppliers to encourage transparent emissions reporting
and the transition to renewable energy sources and we
welcome the progress being made by our suppliers in
achieving their carbon emission reduction targets. Whilst
the GHG emissions we have direct control over, from the
operation of our office spaces, are not substantial, we have
continued to take steps during the year to reduce them
and are developing plans to accelerate this reduction.
TCFD Compliance Statement
We have set out below our climate-related financial
disclosures and confirm that they are consistent with
all four themes and eleven recommended disclosures
from Section C of the Annex entitled ‘Implementing the
Recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures’, published in October 2021 by the
TCFD. We are in the process of independently assuring our
FY2024 Scope 1, 2 and 3 greenhouse gas inventory and
therefore are not able to disclose this at this time but we
intend to publish the independently assured data on our
investor relations site during FY2025.
Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures (‘TCFD’)
Reducing our carbon footprint
Office
We have continued to take steps to reduce the
environmental impact of our workplaces during the
year including:
carbon labelling in our offices to boost awareness and
understanding of the carbon footprint of different items;
using recycled and FSC-certified materials in our office
upgrades and recycling old office furniture, in doing
so saving 39,920kg of carbon and reducing waste to
landfill and incineration by 8,767kg; and
using 100% renewable electricity tariffs for our London
and Edinburgh offices.
Infrastructure
Our extensive use of cloud computing services is more
environmentally sustainable, up to five times more
energy efficient, according to Amazon Web Services, than
utilising equivalent on-premises data centres. We intend
to continue migrating to cloud computing services when
opportunities arise to do so.
People
We have educated our People in how to reduce their
environmental impact by welcoming inspirational guest
speakers to discuss sustainability, providing guidance and
knowledge via our learning and development platform
and giving them opportunities for direct action to benefit
the environment in our local communities.
We have structured this report in line with the four core themes and
the eleven recommended TCFD disclosures. In implementing the
TCFD framework we have provided a summary of the actions we
have taken to review the key risks and opportunities arising from
climate change and the transition to a lower-carbon economy and
their potential impacts on Trainline. Trainline is a supporter of TCFD.
TCFD and SASB disclosures
47
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Governance
Our governance for climate-related risks and opportunities:
TCFD recommendation
How we apply the recommendation
Describe the Board’s
oversight of climate-related
risks and opportunities
The Board is ultimately responsible for Trainline’s strategy and approach
to climate-related risks and opportunities and is particularly focused
on the steps we can take to promote the sustainability of rail and the
implementation of the sustainability strategy.
During the year the Board received updates on the execution of our
sustainability strategy, the implementation of sustainability elements into
our products, and the progress made to leverage the opportunities arising
from the transition to a lower-carbon economy.
The Board also monitored Trainline’s climate-related risks, and the
continued importance of sustainability to our stakeholders and their
particular focuses.
Updates on these matters will continue to form part of the Board’s annual
agenda to enable it to monitor and oversee progress.
Describe management’s
role in assessing and
managing climate-related
risks and opportunities
The CEO is ultimately responsible for delivering Trainline’s sustainability
strategy and reports to the Board on sustainability matters.
The CEO is supported by the Sustainability Committee (the ‘Committee’)
which is responsible for developing and managing delivery of
the sustainability strategy and identifying climate-related risks
and opportunities.
The Committee includes members of teams that are crucial to the success
of the sustainability strategy. The Committee provides updates to the
Management Team via regular team meetings.
In turn, the Sustainability Delivery Group reports to the Committee and
is responsible for executing the sustainability strategy. The Sustainability
Delivery Group is made up of representatives from the teams executing the
sustainability strategy.
Strategy
Our governance for climate-related risks and opportunities:
TCFD recommendation
How we apply the recommendation
Describe the climate-related
risks and opportunities the
organisation has identified
over the short, medium and
long term
Transport is the largest emitting sector of GHG emissions in the UK and
the second largest in the EU. The transition to a lower-carbon economy will
require increasing use of rail and coach, which in turn provides opportunities
for Trainline over the short, medium and long term. Further information on
these opportunities is available on pages 18 and 19.
The Committee has identified and considered a number of climate-related
risks that are relevant to Trainline, in particular:
Short-term (0-5 years)
Policy and Legal: policies and legal requirements in relation to climate-
related matters continue to develop as the significance and need for
action grows. We operate in a lower-carbon-intense industry so we do
not currently expect related policy and legal changes to have a negative
material financial impact on Trainline (<1% of annual revenue), however,
we recognise the need to continually monitor developments in this area to
ensure we remain compliant.
Technology: no fundamental technology issues arising from climate-
related risks have been identified but we have noted the current market
difficulties in hiring people with relevant skills and experience and the
potential need to invest further in developing our technology platform
and data to enhance Trainline’s sustainability offering to our customers.
Reputational: as sustainability is a key part of our purpose there
is reputational risk to Trainline that could arise as a result of us
failing to live up to our purpose and through poor execution of our
sustainability strategy.
TCFD and SASB disclosures
continued
48
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
TCFD and SASB disclosures
continued
Strategy
continued
TCFD recommendation
How we apply the recommendation
Describe the climate-
related risks and
opportunities the
organisation has identified
over the short, medium and
long term (continued)
Medium-term (5-10 years)
Market: the transition to a lower-carbon economy and the resulting
requirement for increased use of rail and coach is fundamentally
an opportunity for Trainline, however, there is the risk of increased
competition as the size of the market opportunity increases, in particular if
we fail to execute our strategy.
Long-term (10+ years)
Acute and chronic physical risks: risks to Trainline’s day-to-day operations
are minimal as we operate via a relatively small office footprint and have
a proven ability to transition to remote working rapidly when required.
Expected increases in extreme weather events arising from climate
change would result in increased disruption or cancellation of rail services
which could cause short-term pressure on customer service capacity.
Long-term (10+ years)
Industry policies, particularly relating to the handling of physical tickets
for processing refunds, could also be disrupted should an extreme
weather event impact postal services or our Edinburgh office. However,
we are well placed to mitigate these risks due to the declining use of
paper tickets and our investment in simple automated processes that are
available to our customers in our app and website.
The above risks were included in the FY2024 risk management process. All
were assessed to have no material potential financial impact (<1% of annual
revenue) or require additional responses or mitigations at this time. The
process to assess climate-related risks will develop as our ability to analyse
them matures in the coming years.
Describe the impact of
climate-related risks and
opportunities on the
organisation’s business,
strategy and financial
planning
Our purpose is anchored in environmental sustainability and as a result
climate-related risks and opportunities potentially impact all areas of our
business. During FY2024 this included:
supported the ‘I Came By Train’ campaign which aims to grow the public’s
awareness of the relative benefits of train travel and inspire pride in those
that take positive action;
introduced new features on our mobile App and on Web to encourage
modal shift, including ‘Your Sustainability Story’, which informs and
educates customers on their emission savings vs other forms of transport;
launched a new consumer campaign that celebrates all the heroes who
travel by train; and
created the Reasonable by Rail database, which shows when trains beat
planes or cars for speed and saving, to power Trainline’s Super Routes
feature, and made the data available for government and industry
stakeholders to use.
Describe the resilience of
the organisation’s strategy,
taking into consideration
different climate-related
scenarios, including a 2°C or
lower scenario
When considering the following scenarios, the Network Rail Third Adaptation
Report and the Climate Change Committee Independent Assessment of UK
Climate Risk were used to help qualitatively determine the impact of each
scenario on Trainline.
The increased use of rail and coach required for the transition to a lower-
carbon economy consistent with a 2°C or lower scenario would create a
larger and expanded market which is a strategic opportunity for Trainline.
We closely monitor policy and legal developments related to rail and
frequently engage with regulators and policymakers on rail industry policy
so are well placed to understand the impact of developments and identify
opportunities. Whilst there would be risks that arise from this scenario they
would be predominantly mitigated through the successful execution of our
strategic goals.
A climate-related scenario resulting in a 4°C or more scenario in which the
modal shift from cars and planes to rail and coach does not occur would not
materially impact Trainline’s strategy as the long-term structural tailwinds
for the business would endure, in particular the transition to online and
digital ticketing. There would be increased risk of short-term pressure on
customer service capacity due to increased disruption and cancellation of
rail services arising from extreme weather events but this would be partially
mitigated by our investment in simple automated processes that are
available to our customers in our app and website.
49
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Risk management
Our risk management process for climate-related risks:
TCFD recommendation
How we apply the recommendation
Describe the organisation’s process
for identifying and assessing
climate-related risks
The Committee meets to discuss our sustainability strategy and climate-
related matters.
These meetings help to identify relevant climate-related risks that
are then assessed by the Committee.
Describe the organisation’s process
for managing climate-related risks
As part of its assessment of climate-related risks the Committee considers:
the probability and significance of each climate-related risk identified; and the
mitigants in place, their suitability and appropriate actions where required.
The Committee utilises the expertise of its members and external service
providers to determine the materiality of identified climate-related risks.
If an identified climate-related risk is deemed to have a high
probability and/or significance, the Committee will consider
appropriate actions that can be taken to introduce optimal
controls and/or mitigants. The Committee will then report to
the Management Team in line with the wider risk management
framework.
Describe how processes for
identifying, assessing and
managing climate-related risks are
integrated into the organisation’s
overall risk management
A member of the Committee is also a member of the Internal Risk
Committee to ensure the Internal Risk Committee has relevant expertise
on climate-related matters.
More detail on our risk management framework is available
on pages 31 and 32.
Metrics and targets
Our climate-related metrics and targets:
TCFD recommendation
How we apply the recommendation
Disclose the metrics used by the
organisation to assess climate-
related risks and opportunities
in line with its strategy and risk
management process
Our ability to meet our net zero commitment is partly dependent on
European governments and our suppliers meeting their own net zero
commitments, in particular Amazon Web Services’ (‘AWS’) commitment to
power their operations with 100% renewable energy by 2025 and Google’s
commitment to operate on carbon-free energy by 2030.
Whilst our ability to influence our suppliers is limited, we actively
engage with our largest suppliers to encourage transparent
emissions reporting in accordance with our supplier code of conduct
and welcome the progress they are making towards their carbon
emission reduction targets.
Disclose Scope 1, Scope 2 and,
if appropriate, Scope 3 greenhouse
gas (‘GHG’) emissions and the
related risks
This is Trainline’s fifth year of Streamlined Energy and Carbon Reporting
(‘SECR’) reporting. In alignment with SECR reporting requirements, emissions
have been reported on a ‘like-for-like’ basis with the previous year’s data
for comparative purposes.
We are in the process of independently assuring our FY2024 Scope 1,
2 and 3 greenhouse gas inventory and we intend to publish this on
our investor relations site during FY2025.
Description of the targets used
by the organisation to manage
climate-related risks and
opportunities and performance
against targets
During FY2024, Trainline became one of the first 100 UK-based companies
and one of only 550 businesses globally to have had our net zero
commitments officially verified by the SBTi.
You can read more on page 19.
TCFD and SASB disclosures
continued
50
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Current reporting year FY2024
Previous reporting year FY2023
UK
Global
UK
Global
Emissions from activities which the company owns or controls
including combustion of fuel & operation of facilities (Scope 1)/tCO
2
e
98.26
111.27
Emissions from the purchase of electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use (Scope 2, location-based)/tCO
2
e
212.63
1.88
213.10
2.94
Emissions from the purchase of electricity, heat, steam and cooling purchased for own use (Scope 2, market-based)/tCO
2
e
1.11
3.49
Total gross Scope 1 & Scope 2 emissions/tCO
2
e
310.90
1.88
324.37
2.94
Total energy consumption used to calculate emissions in kWh
1,564,010
55,696
1,711,514
71,842
Intensity ratio: tCO
2
e gross figure based from mandatory fields above/m2 of office space
0.05
0.001
0.05
0.002
Intensity ratio: tCO
2
e gross figure based from mandatory fields above/FTE
0.35
0.01
0.40
0.02
SECR global GHG emissions and energy use data
Scope:
The data detailed in the table represents
emissions and energy use for which Trainline is
responsible, including energy use in offices: gas
(Scope 1), and electricity (Scope 2). We are in the process
of independently assuring our FY2024 Scope 1, 2 and 3
greenhouse gas inventory and we intend to publish this on
our investor relations site during FY2025.
Methodology:
As a large, quoted company, Trainline is
required to report its energy use and carbon emissions
in accordance with the Companies (Directors’ Report)
and Limited Liability Partnerships (Energy and Carbon
Report) Regulations 2018. Trainline has used the main
requirements of the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate
Standard to calculate our emissions, along with the UK
Government GHG Conversion Factors for Company
Reporting 2023 and the IEA Emissions Factors 2023.
The sum of all emissions included within this report
are for the reporting period 1st March 2023 to
29th February 2024.
Omissions and estimates:
Estimations were made where
no data was provided. Where gaps were observed in
annual single data sets, estimates were based upon actual
data and extrapolations made.
Where no annual data was provided, estimations were
used either based upon previous years’ reported data,
or calculated using best available benchmarks for office
environmental benchmarks.
Energy efficiency actions:
For the reporting period 1
March 2023 to 29 February 2024, we have not employed
any additional energy efficiency actions from the previous
reporting year.
TCFD and SASB disclosures
continued
51
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
SASB accounting metric
SASB code
Trainline disclosure
(1) Total energy consumed, (2) percentage grid
electricity, (3) percentage renewable
TC-IM-130a.1
1) Electricity: 1,082,538 kWh (1,173,804 kWh in FY2023), Gas: 537,168 kWh (609,552 kWh in FY2023); 2) 5.14% (66% in
FY2023); and 3) 94.86% (62% in FY2023).
(1) Total water withdrawn, (2) total water
consumed, percentage of each in regions with
High or Extremely High Baseline Water Stress
TC-IM-130a.2
1) 12,793m3 (13,459m3 in FY2023); 2) Trainline does not track where water is withdrawn.
Discussion of the integration of environmental
considerations into strategic planning for data
centre needs
TC-IM-130a.3
Environmental considerations are incorporated into our procurement process. As part of any procurement event,
Trainline continues to positively score providers that have long-term commitments to use 100% renewable energy,
and are able to demonstrate strategies to significantly reduce carbon emissions compared to typical business
infrastructure.
Description of policies and practices relating to
targeted advertising and user privacy
TC-IM-220a.1
Trainline’s policy is to rely on the consent given by customers for targeted advertising collected on visiting our website and
app in compliance with privacy laws including GDPR, and other legislation.
Number of users whose information is used for
secondary purposes
TC-IM-220a.2
Where personal data is processed, Trainline protects it along its lifecycle by ensuring appropriate policies and processes
are in place. We provide transparency to customers and staff via published privacy and cookies notices. We use privacy
impact assessments in order to assess any level of risk involved in new or novel processing activities. As soon as
personal data is no longer required for provision of services offered or for legal or regulatory requirements that we are
subject to, we make sure it’s either deleted or anonymised.
Total amount of monetary losses as a result of
legal proceedings associated with user privacy
TC-IM-220a.3
Trainline does not disclose this.
Entity-defined measure of user activity
TC-IM-000.A
We disclose our net ticket sales on page 1.
(1) Number of law enforcement requests for
user information, (2) number of users whose
information was requested, (3) percentage
resulting in disclosure
TC-IM-220a.4
1) 341 (568 in FY2023). 2) Trainline does not track this metric. 3) Trainline complies with 100% of requests from law
enforcement and discloses the requested information. Each disclosure is considered in accordance with internal
processes and disclosures are only made where there is a lawful basis to do so and it is considered proportionate in
relation to the rights and freedoms of the affected user, for example for the prevention of suspected fraud.
List of countries where core products or services
are subject to government-required monitoring,
blocking, content filtering, or censoring
TC-IM-220a.5
Trainline does not operate in countries where core products or services are subject to government-required
monitoring, blocking, content filtering, or censoring.
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (‘SASB’) Disclosures
SASB Index 2023
Trainline is committed to transparent reporting to provide our stakeholders with a comprehensive overview of the Environmental, Social and Governance (‘ESG’) metrics that are
material to our business. As such we have aligned the below disclosures to the SASB Internet and Media Services standards for the Group, covering our activities during FY2024.
TCFD and SASB disclosures
continued
52
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
SASB accounting metric
SASB code
Trainline disclosure
Number of government requests to remove
content, percentage compliance with requests
TC-IM-220a.6
There have been no government requests for Trainline to remove content.
(1) Number of data breaches, (2) percentage
that are personal data breaches, (3) number of
users affected
TC-IM-230a.1
Trainline had no customer-related personal data breaches that have met the formal threshold for notification to
regulatory bodies in this last year.
Description of approach to identifying and
addressing data security risks, including use of
third-party cybersecurity standards
TC-IM-230a.2
Trainline maintains a suite of information security and privacy-related policies, standards, procedures, and guidelines,
specifically leveraging accepted industry frameworks such as the PCI DSS security standards. Trainline’s Chief
Information Security Officer oversees dedicated teams responsible for information security and privacy, including the
Data Protection Officer. For more information see page 35.
Percentage of employees that require a work visa
TC-IM-330a.1
4% of all employees (7% in FY2023). Trainline works closely with external legal counsel to ensure sponsorship
requirements are met for all visa-holding employees working within the jurisdictions where Trainline operates.
Employee engagement as a percentage
TC-IM-330a.2
Trainline does not disclose this.
Percentage of (1) gender and (2) diversity
representation for (a) executive management, (b)
non-executive management, (c) technical roles and
(d) all other employees
TC-IM-330a.3
We disclose this within the Our People and Culture section on page 41, and Governance section on page 60.
Total amount of monetary losses as a result of
legal proceedings associated with anti-competitive
behaviour regulations
TC-IM-520a.1
Trainline has not been subject to legal proceedings associated with anti-competitive behaviours and as a result has not
suffered any losses nor has it had to take any actions (such as changes in operations, management etc).
(1) Data processing capacity, (2) percentage
outsourced
TC-IM-000.B
Omitted as privileged and confidential.
(1) Amount of data storage,
(2) percentage outsourced
TC-IM-000.C
Omitted as privileged and confidential.
Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (‘SASB’) Disclosures
TCFD and SASB disclosures
continued
53
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Stakeholder engagement & section 172 statement
Stakeholder
engagement
Through timely and proactive engagement with our stakeholders, we aim to provide
the best possible experience for our customers, to support and promote the rail
industry, and generate sustainable value and growth in our business for our People
and shareholders.
The following pages summarise our key stakeholders; what’s important to them;
how we have engaged with them directly and through relevant organisations; and
highlights of the results of that engagement during the financial year.
At Trainline, we seek to actively engage with our
stakeholders. Considering their diverse perspectives
is integral to how we create value for them, and
achieve our overall purpose and strategy.
Growing Trainline
Partner Solutions
Increase customer
lifetime value
Enhancing the
customer experience
Key
Build demand
Our key stakeholders and their significance
What is important to them
Engagement
Board engagement
1. Our customers
Customer experience is at the heart of
Trainline’s business. With the ever-changing
customer landscape, understanding our
customers’ travel needs is key to us delivering
and continually improving our best-in-class
product experience.
Link to strategic growth priorities:
Accessing the latest information on their
planned journey and understanding its
environmental impact.
Finding the cheapest, fastest and most
convenient tickets for their journeys, saving
them money, time and hassle.
A secure, reliable and robust product
experience that is consistent, responsive and
delivered with simplicity, clarity and ease.
Greater accessibility to more sustainable
modes of transport.
We spend as much time as possible engaging
with, and learning from, our customers. Our
quarterly customer barometer programme
and our customer experience programme
help us understand how well we’re serving our
customers across their purchase and travel
experience, and where they want us to improve.
We also undertake targeted research to better
understand specific issues and markets.
All this helps Trainline continue to be Europe’s
leading independent rail platform with a 4.9/5
star app rating.
The Board Directors are active users of
Trainline and also receive regular updates on
our customers, in particular:
their needs and key trends; and
the successes and learnings from new
products and features that we launch.
54
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Stakeholder engagement & section 172 statement
continued
Our key stakeholders and their significance
What is important to them
Engagement
Board engagement
2. Our carrier partners
In order to provide our customers with
the best possible rail and coach journey
experience, it’s paramount we establish
and maintain strong relationships with our
carrier partners. Trainline also provides white
label services to a number of carriers.
Link to strategic growth priorities:
The opportunity to increase their reach,
ticket sales and the number of customers
and corporate travellers using their services
in their home market or when expanding
into new liberalised foreign markets.
Lower cost to serve customers by
transitioning to digital.
Support by helping customers find the right
information for their planned journeys and
travel safely.
Access to Trainline’s operational excellence
and innovation, through our white
label service.
We have a dedicated, multi-national team of
rail and coach travel specialists responsible
for establishing and growing relationships
with our carrier partners.
Beyond this team, we work with carrier
partners at every level of the organisation
to drive collaboration, deliver marketing
campaigns and improve processes to
enhance customer experience.
During FY2024, we have been especially
focused on:
supporting carriers as they launch new
routes and services; and
aligning closely on the impact of strike
action and using our expertise to help
provide information to rail passengers.
The Board receives regular updates on
our carrier partners. During the year these
updates included:
the strategies of each carrier and
potential new entrants; and
how Trainline has supported carriers
in FY2024.
Our key stakeholders and their significance
What is important to them
Engagement
Board engagement
3. Government and regulators
Government and regulatory policy determine
much of the business environment in which
Trainline operates.
Link to strategic growth priorities:
Increasing rail usage and the
implementation of their respective priorities.
The reduction in carbon emissions, by
increasing modal shift to rail from other less
environmentally-friendly travel modes.
Trainline regularly engages in consultations
and meets with key policymakers,
government representatives and industry
bodies across the UK and wider Europe.
During the year, our focus has been on:
engaging with UK and European
governments on industry reform;
increasing rail use and encouraging
modal shift from cars and planes; and
engaging with EU competition authorities
and regulators on the opening up of rail
retail markets.
The Board receives updates on engagement
with governments and regulators,
in particular:
engagement with UK and European
government, regulators and political
parties; and
the progress made on providing insights
to help solve industry problems.
55
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Our key stakeholders and their significance
What is important to them
Engagement
Board engagement
4. Our People
Ensuring that we attract, nurture and retain
our People and focus them on achieving our
strategy is key to Trainline’s success.
Trainline’s Board is keenly aware that the
interests of our People should be considered
when making decisions that may impact
them and the wider business.
Link to strategic growth priorities:
The ability to develop and progress at
a business that has an environmentally
sustainable purpose.
An opportunity to contribute, take
ownership and deliver to a clear and
shared strategy.
Working with a diverse and gender-
balanced team.
Work/life balance.
The opportunity to share in the success
of the business.
We regularly bring together all our People
across all our offices at our All Hands
sessions so our Management Team can
bring everyone up to speed on our latest
projects, the progress towards our strategy
and our recent business performance.
Every six months we undertake a Group-
wide engagement survey so we can
evaluate how our whole team are doing
and measure our progress against our key
engagement indicators.
The Board receives regular updates on our
People and culture, in particular the results
of our Group-wide engagement surveys and
progress made against our People strategy.
Board members are also invited to attend
All Hands and other engagement sessions.
During FY2024, the Board also visited
our Edinburgh office and met with the
local team to help further develop its
understanding of our business.
Our key stakeholders and their significance
What is important to them
Engagement
Board engagement
5. Our shareholders
The Board is accountable to shareholders.
Trainline aims to ensure that a good dialogue
with shareholders, investors and analysts
is maintained, and that their issues and
concerns are understood and considered
by the Board, the Management Team and
our People.
Link to strategic growth priorities:
Understanding the strategy and operations
of the Group.
Financial performance and
commercial success.
Understanding the exposure to
macroeconomic and political risk.
Opportunity for dialogue with management
on key matters, e.g. performance and
executive remuneration.
Sustainability and the environmental and
ethical impact of the Group.
The governance structures that are in place
and changes to them.
The Investor Relations Team, Executives
and Board members have continued to
meet regularly with investors via calls,
conferences and roadshows.
To help investors better understand
Trainline’s business we also hosted a
webinar and Q&A on Trainline’s technology,
data and AI innovation, and how they
enhance the experience for our customers
and help grow rail usage.
The Board receives regular updates on our
shareholders, which typically focus on:
investor sentiment on Trainline and the
industry; and
the key areas of focus in meetings.
Members of the Board have also engaged
directly with investors during the year to
discuss matters relevant to their role, in
particular on our proposed remuneration
policy on which we have engaged with
shareholders representing over 78% of our
issued share capital.
Stakeholder engagement & section 172 statement
continued
56
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Section 172(1) statement
Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires a director of a company to act in the way
he or she considers, in good faith, would most likely promote the success of the company
for the benefit of its members as a whole.
In doing this s.172 requires a director to have regard, amongst other matters, to the:
likely consequences of any decision in the long term;
interests of the company’s employees;
need to foster the company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers
and others;
impact of the company’s operations on the community and environment;
desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of
business conduct; and
need to act fairly as between members of the company.
The Board understands that how we behave matters not only to our People but also to
the many stakeholders who have an interest in our business. We believe that productive
business relationships with our suppliers, customers and other key stakeholders are
key to the success of the Group and that the interests of relevant parties should be
considered when making decisions that may impact them. Though engagement is carried
out by those most relevant to the stakeholder or issue in question, the Board receives
updates on the engagement that has been undertaken, the reoccurring questions, and
concerns raised, and the feedback provided by the Group’s key stakeholders.
When making decisions the Board takes the course of action that it considers best leads
to the success of the Company over the long term, and when doing so also considers
the interests of the stakeholders that we interact with. The Board acknowledges that
not every decision made will necessarily result in a positive outcome for all of our
stakeholders. However, by considering the Group’s purpose and values together
with its strategic priorities the Board aims to make sure its decisions are consistent
and predictable.
We set out on page 63 some examples of how the Directors have had regard to the
matters set out in section 172(1) (a) to (f) when discharging their section 172 duty and
the effect of that on certain decisions taken by them. By considering these matters
the Directors have had regard to the matters set out in section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the
Companies Act 2006 when performing their duty under section 172.
Non-financial and sustainability
information statement
The following table sets out where non-financial and sustainability information can be
found within this Annual Report, further to the Financial Reporting Directive requirements
contained in sections 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006. Where possible, it
also states where additional information can be found that supports these requirements.
Reporting
requirement
Relevant Trainline
policies and due
diligence processes
Related
principal risks
Where to read more
in this report
Page
Environmental
matters
Supplier code of conduct
Sustainability policy
Energy and carbon policy
None
Our purpose driven
sustainability
Global GHG emissions
and data
18 to 19
50
Climate-related
financial
disclosures
Energy and carbon policy
None
Climate-related risks and
opportunities
46 to 49
Our People
Trainline staff handbook;
People policies and
procedures
People
Our People and culture
Stakeholder engagement
41 to 45
53 to 55
Social matters
n/a
None
Our purpose driven
sustainability
Our People and culture
18 to 19
41 to 45
Human rights
Human rights, anti-slavery
and human tracking policy
Supplier code of conduct
Compliance
Principal risks and
uncertainties
Stakeholder engagement
38
53 to 55
Business
model
n/a
All
None
12 to 15
Anti-corruption
and anti-bribery
Anti-fraud, corruption
and bribery policy
Conflicts of interest policy
Compliance
Supply and
Partnerships
Principal risks and
uncertainties
Our People and culture
Report of the Audit and
Risk Committee
38
45
70
The Strategic Report, which has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of
the Companies Act 2006, has been approved by the Board and signed on its behalf.
On behalf of the Board
Martin McIntyre
Company Secretary
3 May 2024
Stakeholder engagement & section 172 statement
continued
Enhancing
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
57
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Corporate Governance
Contents
58
Chair’s governance statement
59
Governance structure
61
Our Board of Directors
65
Report of the Nomination
Committee
67
Report of the Audit and
Risk Committee
71
Directors’ remuneration report
and policy
92
Directors’ report
95
Statement of Directors’
responsibilities
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
58
Chair’s governance statement
On behalf of the Board,
I am pleased to provide
an overview of our
activities during
the year.
Board leadership
I am delighted that Marie has joined the Board. Marie
brings a wealth of experience from her leadership roles
at Nielsen, in particular data-driven strategic growth, and
a deep knowledge of consumer behaviours, particularly
in Europe. Her expertise, combined with being a French
national based in France, has further enhanced the Board
as Trainline grows its European business.
Remuneration policy
The Remuneration Committee has taken considerable
time developing the refreshed remuneration policy, in
consultation with our major shareholders. I encourage
you to read Rakhi’s commentary from page 71 onwards
and hope that we can count on your support when you
submit your votes at our AGM.
Company purpose
We recognise in our company purpose that Trainline is
uniquely positioned to encourage more people to make
more environmentally sustainable travel choices. The
Board has welcomed the continued support for the ‘I
Came By Train’ campaign and the commitments made
to reach netzero greenhouse gas emissions which have
been officially verified by the Science-Based Targets
Initiative, making Trainline one of the UK’s first one
hundred companies to do so. You can read more about
our purpose driven sustainability on pages 18 and 19.
Culture
The Board believes that culture plays a fundamental role
in the delivery of Trainline’s purpose and the successful
execution of its strategy. The Board is ultimately
responsible for ensuring that its activities reflect the
culture we wish to instil in our People and therefore
sets a clear emphasis on setting the tone from the top
and leading by example. To ensure the Board gains first
hand insight on culture we spend time with teams across
our various locations; during FY2024 this involved a full
Board visit to the Edinburgh office.
Diversity and inclusion
The Board and the Nomination Committee recognise
the importance and benefits of diversity and inclusion
and wholeheartedly support all the work Trainline
undertakes to create a diverse workforce. The Group
is involved in a number of initiatives to encourage
and promote diversity in technology and leadership
positions and I and the Board are pleased to see the
narrowing of our gender pay gap and the growth in
female representation, in particular those in technical
roles. You can read more about diversity at Trainline on
page 41 and 45.
As Chair, I am pleased that our approach to maximising
the opportunity to make appointments that allow the
Board to reflect the diversity at Trainline and in the
wider community continue to bear fruit. With Marie
joining the Board we now have over one-third female
representation and the Board aligns with the Listing
Rules targets for female representation in a senior
Board position and on ethnic diversity. We will continue
to be focused on ensuring that the Board aligns with the
Listing Rules targets on Board diversity.
Annual General Meeting
We will be holding our AGM on 27 June at 120 Holborn,
London. I encourage our shareholders to attend and
take advantage of this opportunity to ask questions
of the Board or, alternatively, shareholders may
submit their questions to the Board via email to
investor@trainline.com.
Brian McBride
Chair
3 May 2024
Brian McBride
Chair
59
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
The Board operates with the assistance of three permanent Board Committees and delegates authority
on specific matters to other committees, where it considers it appropriate to do so.
Governance structure
Trainline’s Management Team
Led by the CEO, Trainline’s Management Team is composed of the Group’s senior executives who are responsible
for developing, informing and monitoring the strategy as set by the Board. The executives oversee the day-to-
day operations of Trainline and come together to review, assess and agree on actions to be taken to achieve
the objectives of the Group. The Management Team meets regularly to discuss the operational and financial
performance of the Group.
A number of sub-committees, chaired by members of the Management Team, provide expertise and oversight
on significant matters for the Group. These sub-committees include the Sustainability Committee, Internal Risk
Committee and Disclosure Committee.
To see more information about Trainline’s Management Team, visit:
https://www.trainlinegroup.com/who-we-are
Remuneration Committee
The Remuneration Committee develops the
Group’s policy on Board remuneration, monitors
its ongoing appropriateness and determines the
levels of remuneration for the Executive Directors,
the Chair and the Non-executive Directors. In
doing so, the Committee considers and oversees
workforce remuneration and related policies and
takes these into account when setting the policy for
Board remuneration.
Audit and Risk Committee
The Audit and Risk Committee provides oversight of the integrity of the Group’s
Financial Statements and reports back to the Board on the Annual Report and Financial
Statements, compliance with regulatory and legal requirements and other disclosures.
The Audit and Risk Committee reviews the independence and objectiveness of the
External Auditor and monitors the effectiveness of the External Auditor, the external
audit process and the Internal Audit function.
The Audit and Risk Committee monitors and reviews Trainline’s internal control and
enterprise risk management framework and systems. It also reviews whistleblowing,
fraud, bribery and other compliance policies and procedures.
Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee reviews the composition
of the Board and its Committees, including the
effectiveness of its members, to ensure the Board has
the skills and experience to support the achievement
of Trainline’s strategy. It leads the process for Board
appointments and is responsible for succession
planning at the Board and Senior Management level,
and oversees the development of a diverse pipeline.
Board of Directors
The Board works to ensure that the Company generates and maintains value over the long term.
It is collectively responsible for establishing Trainline’s purpose, values and strategy to enable the
long-term success of the Group for the benefit of our shareholders and stakeholders. It is accountable
to Trainline’s shareholders and seeks to represent the interests of other stakeholders when setting
our long-term focus, strategy, culture and policies, ensuring that the Group has the right resources,
overseeing risk and corporate governance, and monitoring progress towards meeting our strategic
objectives, sustainability goals and annual plans.
The Board is responsible for ensuring that Trainline achieves its purpose and that the purpose
is embedded at all levels of the business. The Board assesses and monitors the Group’s culture,
promoting its alignment with the purpose, values and strategy, and ensuring that the Group
operates within a prudent framework of effective controls and risk management, including cyber
and information security risks. Additionally, the Board oversees the implementation of Trainline’s
sustainability strategy and its approach to climate-related risks and opportunities.
The Directors are collectively responsible for the success of Trainline. The Non-executive Directors
exercise independent, objective judgement in respect of Board decisions, and scrutinise and challenge
Management. They also have various responsibilities concerning the integrity of financial information,
internal controls and risk management.
By embodying and promoting Trainline’s culture, the Board works to monitor and assess Trainline’s
objectives in developing world-class technology and maintaining Trainline’s robust and scalable
business model with due regard to Trainline’s customers, people, carrier partners and other
key stakeholders.
60
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
5
2
1
5
Board balance
Executive Directors
Chair of the Board
Independent
Non-executive Director
2
0-3 years
3-6 years
Non-executive Director tenure
4
Board
at a glance
Division of responsibilities
There is a clear division between executive and
non-executive responsibilities to ensure accountability
and appropriate oversight. The roles of Chair and CEO
are separately held and their responsibilities are well
defined in writing and in practice.
Chair of the Board
Leads the Board and is responsible for its overall
effectiveness in directing the Group
Shapes the culture in the boardroom, in particular
by promoting openness and debate
Sets a Board agenda primarily focused on strategy,
performance, value creation, culture, stakeholders and
accountability, ensuring that issues relevant to these
areas are reserved for Board decision
Demonstrates objective judgement
CEO
Develops the Group’s proposed strategy, plans,
commercial and other objectives for the Board to
consider and then delivers the Board’s decisions
Manages the Group on a day-to-day basis within
the authority delegated by the Board
Keeps the Chair and the Board informed of potentially
complex, contentious or sensitive issues affecting
the Group
Manages the Group’s risk profile in line with the
assessment made by the Board
Senior Independent Non-executive Director
Acts as a sounding board for the Chair
Understands the views of the workforce and
communicates them to the Board
Is available to shareholders if they have concerns which
have not been resolved through the normal channels
of communication with the Company or for which such
contact is inappropriate
At least annually, leads a meeting of the Non-executive
Directors, without the Chair present, to appraise the
performance of the Chair, taking into account the views
of the Executive Directors
Governance structure
continued
High-growth business
People
Finance
Digital & Commerce
Operations
Risk Management
Government & Regulatory
Technology
Duncan Tatton-Brown
Rakhi Goss-Custard
Jennifer Duvalier
Pete Wood
Jody Ford
Brian McBride
Marie Lalleman
Andy Phillipps
Board skills, knowledge and experience
Board and Senior Management diversity
Nº Board
members
% of the
Board
Nº senior positions
on the Board
3
Nº Executive
Management
1
% Executive
Management
1
Gender
Men
5
62.5%
3
8
80%
Women
3
37.5%
1
2
20%
Ethnicity
White British or other White
(including minority-white groups)
6
75%
4
10
100%
Asian/Asian British
1
12.5%
Not specified/prefer not to say
1
12.5%
1. Includes the Company Secretary.
2.
Under EU law we cannot disclose Marie Lalleman’s ethnicity.
3. Includes the Chair, CEO, CFO and SID.
Board meeting attendance
during the financial year
Board member
Meetings
Brian McBride
7/7
Jody Ford
7/7
Pete Wood
7/7
Jennifer Duvalier
7/7
Duncan Tatton-Brown
7/7
Rakhi Goss-Custard
7/7
Andy Phillipps
7/7
Marie Lalleman
1
1/1
1.
joined the Board on 17 January 2024.
Additional ad hoc meetings were held
during the year.
61
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
61
Brian McBride
Chair
Skills and experience
Brian has a strong track record in
leading businesses, having held many
senior positions throughout his career
including Chair of ASOS from 2012 to
2018 and CEO of Amazon.co.uk from
2006 to 2011. He has also held Non-
executive Director positions at Abrdn
plc, AO World plc, Computacenter PLC,
SThree PLC and Celtic FC PLC. He was
previously on the Board of the BBC
and was a member of the Advisory
Board of Huawei UK.
Other appointments
Brian is a Senior Adviser to Scottish
Equity Partners and Lead Non-
executive Director on the Defence
Board of the UK Ministry of Defence.
Jody Ford
Executive Director and CEO
Skills and experience
Prior to Trainline, Jody held the
position of CEO at Photobox Group,
Europe’s leading personalisation
business, encompassing the Moonpig
and Photobox brands. Prior to
Photobox Group, he spent ten years
at eBay, latterly in California, leading
the Growth function globally. Jody
holds an MBA from INSEAD and a
BA in Economics and Politics from
Exeter University.
Other appointments
None
Pete Wood
Executive Director and CFO
Skills and experience
Pete joined Trainline in February
2015, becoming CFO in December
2022. Prior to Trainline, he served as
VP Finance leading financial control,
planning and analysis, and had a
central role in engagement with
industry and regulatory stakeholders.
Additionally he spent nine years at
eBay, both as a finance leader and in
various commercial roles. Pete holds
a Master’s degree in Engineering from
the University of Cambridge.
Other appointments
None
Jennifer Duvalier
Senior Independent
Non-executive Director
Skills and experience
Jennifer was Executive Vice President,
People, for ARM Holdings plc with
responsibility for all People and
Internal Communications globally from
2013 to 2017. Prior to ARM, Jennifer
was Group People and Culture Director
at UBM plc from 2007 to 2013 and
Group HR Director at Emap plc from
2003 to 2007. Jennifer holds an MA
(Hons) from the University of Oxford in
English and French.
Other appointments
Jennifer is Chair of the Remuneration
Committee of Mitie plc and NCC Group
plc, and is a Non-executive Director
and Chair of the Sustainability, People
and Diversity Committee of the
Cranemere Group Ltd.
Committees Key
Audit & Risk Committee
Nomination Committee
Remuneration Committee
Chair of Committee
Our Board of Directors
62
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
62
Duncan Tatton-Brown
Independent Non-executive Director
Skills and experience
Duncan was CFO of Ocado plc from
September 2012 to November 2020.
Prior to joining Ocado, Duncan
held the CFO role at Fitness First plc
and was Group Finance Director of
Kingfisher plc. Duncan was previously
a Non-executive Director of Cazoo
Group Ltd, and Non-executive
Director and Audit Committee Chair
of Rentokil Initial plc. Duncan holds a
Master’s degree in Engineering from
King’s College, Cambridge. He is also a
member of the Chartered Institute of
Management Accountants.
Other appointments
Duncan is Chair of Oxford Nanopore
Technologies plc and
Loveholidays.
com.
Rakhi Goss-Custard
Independent Non-executive Director
Skills and experience
Rakhi has extensive expertise in
customer experience and innovation
having spent 12 years at Amazon in
various senior leadership positions.
Prior to joining Amazon Rakhi held
roles at TomTom and US management
consulting firm Oliver Wyman.
Rakhi holds a BA in Marketing
and Communications from the
University of Pennsylvania. Rakhi was
previously a Non-executive Director of
Rightmove plc.
Other appointments
Rakhi holds appointments as Non-
executive Director of Kingfisher plc
and Schroders plc.
Andy Phillipps
Independent Non-executive Director
Skills and experience
Andy brings a wealth of experience
in ecommerce and significant
knowledge of technology and
marketplaces from his previous role
as CEO of Priceline International and
Chair of Toptable.com, both now part
of Booking.com. Andy was previously
a Non-executive Director of Albion
Development VCT PLC, an investor in
high growth businesses with a strong
focus on technology companies.
Most recently Andy was a Fellow at
Stanford University’s Distinguished
Career Institute.
Other appointments
Andy is currently a member of the
Investment Advisory Committee of
iQ Capital.
Marie Lalleman
Independent Non-executive Director
Skills and experience
Marie has extensive experience
of data-driven strategic growth
and consumer behaviours having
spent twenty nine years at Nielsen
ultimately as Executive Vice President.
Marie holds a diploma in International
Business Management and
Administration from Kedge School of
Business and is based in France.
Other appointments
Marie is Chair of the Nomination and
Corporate Governance Committee
at Criteo SA, which is NASDAQ listed,
and Chair of the Nomination and
Remuneration Committee at Patrizia SE,
which is listed on the German SDAX.
Committees Key
Audit & Risk Committee
Nomination Committee
Remuneration Committee
Chair of Committee
Our Board of Directors
continued
63
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
63
Board in action
Our Board of Directors
continued
Strategy
The Board reviews and approves the Company’s
strategy and budget on an annual basis and
receives updates on execution against these
at every Board meeting. As part of the annual
review the Board takes part in presentations
from the Management Team and utilises their
knowledge, skills and experience to challenge
and guide the proposals.
In making its decision to approve the strategy
and budget the Board considered the feedback
received from engagement exercises with our
stakeholders. As a result of that consideration,
the business plan and future strategy were
focused to ensure that they aligned with the
issues and factors that are most relevant to our
key stakeholders where these aligned with the
long-term success of Trainline.
Throughout the year the Board has continued
to monitor and engage with the Management
Team on the Company’s investments in the
International and UK businesses with a focus
on prioritising resources based on growth
opportunities, the strength of Trainline’s value
proposition in markets, the effectiveness of
Trainline’s product and marketing initiatives.
Cyber and information security
The Board receives updates from the Chief
Technology Officer and Chief Information
Security Officer on the Group’s cyber and
information security risks and the general
threat landscape. As it is a principal risk for
the business, the Board closely monitors
progress against actions and cyber and
information strategy.
Workforce engagement and culture
The Board receive periodic updates from the
Management Team on workforce matters
throughout the year, in particular following
Trainline’s employee engagement process, the
results and action plan of which are presented
to the Board.
Opportunities to engage directly with the
workforce in a more informal setting are also
provided to the Board, in particular at Board
visits to our offices outside of London and at
workforce events such as All Hands meetings,
fire-side chats and Tech Summits. Jennifer
Duvalier, Trainline’s designated Non-executive
Director for Workforce Engagement, also
attends workforce focus groups and meetings
of the Company’s employee-led networks and
shares the key themes and sentiments arising
from these with the Board.
The Board uses these and other sources of
insight to assess and monitor whether the
culture and behaviours the Group strives for
align with reality. Accordingly, the Board is
satisfied that the Group’s culture is a positive
one and is conducive to the successful execution
of Trainline’s purpose and strategy.
For further information on workforce
engagement, please see page 55.
The principal matters considered by the Board during the year were:
Group strategy
and performance
The Capital Allocation Policy and Share Buyback Programme
Detailed review of the Group’s strategy and budget, updates
on initiatives, discussions of short and long-term priorities
and setting medium-term plans
Performance against the Group’s strategy and budget
throughout the year
Operational
Product development and marketing strategy
Technology, data and AI strategy
Customer service strategy
Shareholders
and stakeholders
UK and European regulatory and political environment
Investor relations and key stakeholder updates
Reporting
and risk
management
Annual review of the Group’s principal and emerging risks
Specific risk areas that are significant to Trainline, including
information security and privacy
Review and approval of annual and half-yearly reporting
Leadership and
people
Board and Management Team succession planning
Culture and workforce engagement
Annual People strategy including progress made on
diversity and inclusion initiatives
Governance,
corporate
responsibility
and
sustainability
Results of the annual Board effectiveness review and
agreement on the actions identified
2023 Annual General Meeting
Trainline’s sustainability strategy and net zero
commitments
64
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Evaluation, composition
and succession
Board and Committee effectiveness evaluation
During FY2024, Trainline engaged Lintstock Ltd (‘Lintstock’)
to facilitate an external review of the Board and its
Committees’ performance. The review was undertaken
to comply with the UK Governance Code and to provide
the Board, its Committees, the Management Team and
frequent presenters to the Board with an opportunity to
reflect on the operation and effectiveness of the Board
and its Committees. Lintstock has no other connection
with Trainline.
The first stage of the review involved Lintstock engaging
with the Chair, the Senior Independent Non-executive
Director and the Company Secretary to set the context for
the evaluation, and to tailor survey and interview content
to the specific complexities and challenges of Trainline’s
business. The scoping of the exercise also took into
account the outcomes of the FY2023 effectiveness review.
All Board members completed an online survey and
took part in a private interview with Lintstock on the
performance of the Board, its Committees and the Chair.
All Board members, the Management Team, regular
presenters and third-party service providers who regularly
attend Board or Committee meetings were also invited to
provide feedback on performance.
As well as addressing core aspects of Board and
Committee performance, the exercise had a particular
focus on the following areas:
clarity of Trainline’s strategy, the main challenges to
the delivery of Trainline’s strategic priorities and the
appropriateness of organisational capacity;
skills and experience of the Directors and the diversity
of representation more broadly;
the visit to the Edinburgh office and the strategy
offsite event;
the monitoring of workforce sentiment, diversity and
inclusion and culture throughout the business;
views and perspectives of key external stakeholders
including shareholders, carrier partners, customers,
government and regulators; and
top priorities for both the CEO and the CFO, in order
to best succeed in their roles.
The reports provided a comparison with the Lintstock
Governance Index, which helped to place the performance
of the Trainline Board into context. Participants were also
invited to privately discuss any matters with the Chair and/
or the Senior Independent Non-executive Director.
The results of the evaluation were reviewed and concluded
that the Chair, and the Board continues to operate
effectively. Actions were identified and recommended to
the Board and it’s Committees, which were accepted in full,
in particular:
continued focus on strategic and constructive
challenge of the Management Team by the Board;
further deep-dive sessions for the Board to hear
external independent perspectives on key challenges
and future opportunities for Trainline;
further opportunities for the Board to engage with the
wider workforce.
Skills, knowledge and experience
As set out on pages 60 to 62, each Director provides a range
of skills, knowledge and experience that is relevant to the
success of the Group and enables strong independent
judgement and constructive challenge. The Board delegates
the responsibility for consideration of the existing Board skills
matrix to the Nomination Committee, which ensures that it
remains fit for purpose and adequately anticipates the future
needs of the business.
Board composition and succession
Appointments to the Board are made solely on merit and,
in conjunction with the Board skills matrix, to ensure that
the Board contains an appropriate balance of skills and
knowledge of the Group and its business necessary to fulfil
its duties. Appointments are made by the Board, based
upon the recommendations made by the Nomination
Committee, with due consideration given to diversity. In
compliance with the Governance Code, at least half of the
Board, excluding the Chair, is composed of Independent
Non-executive Directors.
The Board remains responsible for its own succession
planning and it also continued to review the Executive
Director and Management Team succession plan
through updates provided by the Management Team
during FY2024.
Significant vote against at
2023 AGM
Following the significant vote against Brian McBride at the
2023 AGM, the Board engaged with those shareholders
who voted against his reappointment. Those shareholders
that chose to engage confirmed that their votes were due
to the Board not yet aligning with their policy targets for
female representation on the Board. With the appointment
of Marie Lalleman, female representation on the Board
is now over a third, thereby addressing the concerns
of those shareholders. The Nomination Committee will
continue to ensure that candidates from ethnically, racially
and gender diverse backgrounds are always included
in shortlists for Board positions with the intention of
maximising the opportunity to make appointments that
allow the Board to reflect the diversity at Trainline and in
the wider community.
Our Board of Directors
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
65
Report of the Nomination Committee
I am pleased to present
Trainline’s Report of the
Nomination Committee
which provides a summary
of the Committee’s role
and activities.”
Brian McBride
Chair of the Nomination Committee
The Committee comprises six Independent Non-
executive Directors: Andy Phillipps, myself (Brian
McBride) as its Chair, Duncan Tatton-Brown, Jennifer
Duvalier, Marie Lalleman and Rakhi Goss-Custard.
The Committee’s key activities during FY2024
Key matters discussed by the Committee during
FY2024 included:
the search for candidates that will enhance the
skills, knowledge and experience of the Board and
its Committees;
the suitability of Marie Lalleman as a candidate for
appointment to the Board and its Committees;
talent and succession planning;
Trainline’s diversity and inclusion programme; and
the effectiveness of the Board, its Committees and
individual Directors.
The Committee’s activities planned for FY2025
The Committee recognises the importance and benefits
of the Board having an appropriate balance of skills,
experience, independence and knowledge to enable
the Directors to discharge their respective duties and
responsibilities effectively.
Following Marie Lalleman’s appointment, the Board’s
gender diversity is now over one third female and it
continues to have a female in a senior Board position
and ethnic minority representation.
The Committee recognises that the Board does not
currently align with the Listing Rule target of at least
40% female representation on the Board that applies
to Trainline for the first time this financial year due in
part to the relatively short tenure of our Non-executive
Directors, the majority of whom have been appointed
for less than four years following our IPO in 2019.
In order to address this, the Committee will continue
to ensure that candidates from ethnically, racially and
gender diverse backgrounds are always included in
shortlists for Board positions with the intention of
maximising the opportunity to make appointments that
allow the Board to reflect the diversity at Trainline and in
the wider community.
Given the progress made under this approach, with
three quarters of Non-executive Director appointments
since IPO being female, the Committee is confident
that by ensuring the candidates included on shortlists
for Board appointments are genuinely diverse the
Board will align with the Listing Rule targets in full in
due course.
Prior to the Committee’s next report it intends to
undertake the following key activities:
the implementation of the recommendations arising
from the externally facilitated Board evaluation;
continuing to monitor succession planning and the
development of a diverse pipeline of talent; and
a review of progress against the Group’s diversity
and inclusion objectives.
Brian McBride
Chair of the Nomination Committee
3 May 2024
Membership
Committee member
Meetings
Brian McBride (Chair)
2/2
Andy Phillipps
2/2
Duncan Tatton-Brown
2/2
Jennifer Duvalier
2/2
Marie Lalleman
1
0/0
Rakhi Goss-Custard
2/2
1. Joined the Committee on 17 January 2024.
Our responsibilities
Monitor the composition of the Board and
its Committees, including the effectiveness
of its members
Lead the process for Board appointments
Plan for the orderly succession of Board and
Management Team positions and oversee
the development of a diverse pipeline
of talent
66
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Report of the Nomination Committee
continued
Key areas of focus for the Committee during FY2024
Board and Committee appointments
The Committee continued to monitor and assess the skills, knowledge and experience
of its members and undertook an extensive market assessment exercise to identify
candidates that would enhance the Board and its Committees, in particular a candidate
with appropriate experience of data-driven strategic growth in Europe. The Committee
identified Marie Lalleman as the stand-out candidate to join the Board and recommended
her appointment to the Board.
The Up Group were engaged to assist with the selection process for candidates. The Up
Group has no other connection with the Company or its Directors.
Policy on diversity and inclusion
Diversity continues to be one of the pivotal considerations on any appointment to the
Board and the Management Team. The Committee is pleased with the progress Trainline
has made during FY2024, in particular the increase in female representation in junior
leadership, technical roles and in the wider workforce, but recognises that there is still
further progress to be made before we truly reflect the diversity in our communities.
The Committee supports Trainline’s strategy to better understand the diversity of its
workforce and those applying for roles. The Committee takes an active role in setting
and meeting diversity objectives and strategies for the Group as a whole. The Board and
Board Committees’ policy is to continue to seek and encourage diversity within long and
shortlists, including with regard to gender, as part of the overall selection process for
Director and Committee roles. The Committee believes we have a diverse Management
Team which is able to effectively serve the Group’s interests.
Trainline is committed to having a diverse and inclusive workplace and the Committee
supports this goal and the targets set out in the Listing Rules wholeheartedly. The
Committee recognises that technology is a male-dominated sector and that despite
progress being made the Group must continue to strive to achieve its diversity and
inclusivity goals. Further information on Trainline’s diversity is available on page
41 and 45.
Composition of the Board and its Committees
The Committee is satisfied with the current composition of the Board and its Committees
but recognises that the Board does not currently align with the Listing Rule target of 40%
or more female representation on the Board. The Committee also considers the Directors
to possess the skills, knowledge, independence and experience necessary to effectively
fulfil their duties.
Succession planning
The Committee recognises the importance of developing and maintaining a diverse
talent pipeline to provide succession options for the Management Team. The Committee
considered succession plans during FY2024 and welcomed the appointment of Marie
Lalleman to the Board.
Director reappointment
In accordance with the provisions of the Governance Code, all Directors will retire
at the forthcoming AGM of the Company and the Board has recommended their
reappointment. In reaching its decision to recommend reappointment, the Board acted
on the advice of the Committee. The Committee is satisfied that all the Directors devote
sufficient time to their duties and demonstrate great enthusiasm and commitment to
their roles.
The Committee reviewed the independence of the Non-executive Directors and confirmed
to the Board that it considers each of the Chair and the Non-executive Directors to be
independent in accordance with the Code.
Board effectiveness evaluation
The Committee undertook an externally facilitated Board evaluation during the year. The
Chair of the Nomination Committee and the Senior Independent Non-executive Director
took an active role to ensure questions took into account the strategy and complexities of
the business. Further information on the evaluation is available on page 64.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
67
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
67
67
Report of the Nomination Committee
I am pleased to present
Trainline’s Report of the
Audit and Risk Committee.”
Duncan Tatton-Brown
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
Membership
Committee member
Meetings
Duncan Tatton-Brown (Chair)
3/3
Andy Phillipps
3/3
Jennifer Duvalier
3/3
Marie Lalleman
1
0/0
Rakhi Goss-Custard
3/3
1.
Joined the Committee on 17 January 2024.
Report of the Audit and Risk Committee
The Committee comprises five Independent Non-
executive Directors: Andy Phillipps, myself (Duncan
Tatton-Brown) as its Chair, Jennifer Duvalier, Marie
Lalleman and Rakhi Goss-Custard.
The Board is satisfied that the Committee as a whole
has the competence relevant to the sector in which the
Group operates and that I have recent and relevant
financial knowledge and the experience to be the Chair
of the Committee.
Role and work of the Audit & Risk Committee
Meetings are held to coincide with key events, in
particular the reporting and audit cycle for the Group.
The Chair of the Committee reports to the Board on
the business concluded at Committee meetings, the
discharge of its responsibilities throughout the year, and
informs the Board of any recommendations made.
The Committee’s key activities during FY2024
Key matters undertaken by the Committee during
FY2024 included:
reviewing the Group’s accounting policies, the use
of Alternative Performance Measures, significant
financial reporting issues, judgements and estimates;
reviewing the integrity of the Financial Statements of
the Group and all formal announcements relating to
its financial performance;
considering whether this Annual Report, taken
as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable,
provides shareholders with the information
necessary to assess the Company’s position,
performance, business model and strategy, and the
completeness of the included disclosures;
considering the going concern and viability statements;
monitoring the effectiveness of the External Auditor
and the Internal Audit function;
monitoring the adequacy and effectiveness of the
Group’s internal control systems; and
monitoring the proposals arising from the BEIS
White Paper on corporate governance and the
implementation of the Minimum Standard for
Audit Committees.
The Committee’s activities planned for FY2025
Prior to the Committee’s FY2025 report it intends to
undertake the following activities:
undertake an externally facilitated effectiveness
review of the Internal Audit function;
conduct deep dives into specific areas of risk
management; and
monitor progress towards complying with the
internal controls framework requirement introduced
in the 2024 UK Corporate Governance code.
Duncan Tatton-Brown
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
3 May 2024
Our responsibilities
Monitor the integrity of the Company’s
Financial Statements and report to the
Board on the Annual Report and Financial
Statements and other disclosures
Oversee the External Auditor and monitor
their independence
Monitor and review the internal control and
risk management system and the Internal
Audit function
Oversee the Internal Audit function and
monitor the effectiveness of its work
Review whistleblowing, fraud, bribery and
other compliance policies and procedures
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
68
Report of the Audit and Risk Committee
continued
External Auditor and audit fees
PwC was appointed as External Auditor to the Company
in FY2021 and there are no current plans to undertake
a tendering process for the External Auditor in FY2025.
The lead audit partner for the External Auditor is
Jaskamal Sarai.
The Committee was satisfied that the level of audit fees
payable in respect of the audit services provided, being
£728,700 (FY2023: £554,980), was appropriate and that
the increases in fees related to inflationary increases
and an increased external audit scope arising from new
regulatory requirements.
Financial Statements and reporting
The Committee monitored the financial reporting process
for the Group, which included receiving reports from,
and discussing these with, the External Auditor. The
Committee also considered the FRC’s corporate reporting
focus areas during the year and their relevance to the
Group’s reporting.
As part of the year-end reporting process the Committee
reviewed this Annual Report; a management report on
accounting estimates and judgements; ‘Fair, Balanced
and Understandable’, the External Auditor’s report on
internal controls, accounting and reporting matters;
and management representation letters concerning
accounting and reporting matters.
Monitoring the integrity of the Company’s financial
statements, the financial reporting process and reviewing
the significant accounting issues are key roles of the
Committee. Measures are in place to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting.
These include: a comprehensive system of planning,
budgeting, monitoring and reporting; clearly defined
policies for capital expenditure including reviews by senior
management; and frequent monitoring of cash flows
against forecasts. The measures provide reasonable,
though not absolute, assurance against material
misstatement or loss.
Fair, balanced and understandable
The Committee plays an important role in advising the
Board when it considers whether the Annual Report,
taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable
and provides the information necessary for shareholders
to assess the Group and the Company’s position,
performance, business model and strategy. The Annual
Report is prepared in accordance with robust processes to
support this role:
co-ordination of the production of the Annual Report is
overseen by the Company Secretary to ensure that the
document is consistent throughout;
members of management with appropriate
experience, knowledge and seniority are assigned
responsibility for preparing each section and form part
of a core Annual Report team;
there is an extensive verification process undertaken
each year to confirm the factual accuracy of stated
facts and the authenticity of belief statements;
drafts are regularly reviewed by the Annual Report
team and members of senior management. Board
members receive drafts of the Annual Report for
review and input; and
the Committee receives the draft Annual Report
and considers a fair, balanced and understandable
review, and also considers assurance provided on
disclosures made.
Going concern and viability assessments
The Committee reviewed and advised the Board on the
Group’s going concern and viability statements included
in this Annual Report and the calculations and reports
prepared by Management in support of such statements.
The External Auditor discussed the statements with the
Committee and reviewed the conclusions reached by
Management regarding going concern and viability.
Accounting judgements and key sources of
estimation uncertainty
The Committee assessed whether suitable accounting
policies had been adopted and the reasonableness of
the judgements and estimates that had been made by
Management. The Committee, alongside Management
and the External Auditor, identified the areas set out in the
table below as the key areas of judgement and estimation.
Issue considered
How the issue was addressed
Carrying value of goodwill
The carrying value of goodwill
depends on the future cash
flow forecasts supporting
the carrying value. There is
inherent estimation uncertainty
in estimating the future cash
flows and the time period over
which they will occur. There
is also estimation uncertainty
in arriving at an appropriate
discount rate to apply to the cash
flows as well as an appropriate
terminal growth rate. As such
this area of estimate is a focus
for the Committee.
The Committee reviewed and
discussed Management’s
conclusions around the carrying
value of goodwill, including;
the methodology applied;
the achievability of the
business plan;
the appropriateness of discount
rates and long-term growth
rates applied; and
the outcome of sensitivity
analysis.
The Committee agreed with
Management’s conclusions that
the carrying value of goodwill
is supported by the expected
future cash flows of both the
UK Consumer and International
Consumer business.
Capitalisation of internal
software development costs
The capitalisation of internal
software development costs
involves the assessment of
several different criteria that can
be subjective and/or complex
in determining whether the
costs meet the threshold for
capitalisation. As such this is an
area of focus for the Committee.
The Committee reviewed and
discussed Management’s
conclusions around the
capitalisation of internal software
development costs, including:
the methodology applied;
the judgements made by
management for determining
the basis for recognition
of these internal software
development costs;
the underpinning systems
and controls.
The Committee agreed with
Management’s conclusion
regarding the basis for
capitalisation of these costs.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
69
Assessing the effectiveness of the external audit
process and the External Auditor
To ensure that PwC LLP (‘PwC’) is effective in its role as
External Auditor, the Committee:
monitored the effectiveness of the digital audit
technologies introduced to the audit process and
noted the resulting efficiencies;
reviewed and approved the annual audit plan to
ensure it was consistent with the scope of the
audit engagement. In reviewing the audit plan, the
Committee discussed the areas identified by the
External Auditor as most likely to give rise to a material
financial reporting error or perceived to be of higher
risk and requiring additional audit emphasis (including
those set out in the Independent Auditor’s Report);
confirmed that the audit fee enabled PwC to conduct
an effective audit;
discussed and assessed PwC’s performance as
External Auditor;
considered the audit scope and materiality threshold;
and
met privately with PwC, including the lead audit
partner, without Management present, to discuss its
remit and any issues arising from its work.
The Committee also considered the safeguards in place to
protect the External Auditor’s independence. PwC provided
a letter of independence to the Committee reporting
that it had considered its independence in relation to the
audit and confirmed that it complies with UK regulatory
and professional requirements and that its objectivity is
not compromised. The Committee took this into account
when considering the External Auditor’s independence and
concluded that PwC remained independent and objective in
relation to the audit.
The Audit Quality Review team (‘AQR’) from the Financial
Reporting Council undertook an inspection of PwC’s audit
of the FY2023 Annual Report and Accounts. The AQR team
completed its formal governance processes and wrote
to the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee with its
conclusion on the results of its review. No key findings were
identified and certain areas of good practice were noted.
The Committee considered the Audit Quality Review report
as part of its assessment of PwC as External Auditor.
The Committee confirms that the Group complies
with the Statutory Audit Services for Large Companies
Market Investigation (Mandatory Use of Competitive
Tender Processes and Audit Committee Responsibilities)
Order 2014.
Non-audit work carried out by the External
Auditor
The Committee has a set policy on the provision of
non-audit services by the External Auditor. This policy is
designed to comply with the FRC guidance on the provision
of non-audit services and helps maintain the independence
and integrity of the Group’s External Auditor.
The policy sets out specific considerations around the
provision of non-audit services and requires approval by
part or all of the Committee for any proposed services
with an expected fee of more than £50,000. The CFO is
authorised to approve non-audit fees up to a cumulative
total of £50,000, giving consideration to the independence
and objectivity of the External Auditor in line with FRC
guidance. The policy requires approved non-audit fees be
disclosed to the Committee for consideration alongside the
ratio of audit to non-audit fees.
The fees paid for non-audit services during the year ended
29 February 2024 were approved by the Committee and
amounted to £73,250, which were attributed to audit-
related assurance services for the 31 August 2023 half-year
review undertaken by the External Auditor, subscriptions for
business and accounting knowledge, and metric reporting
services. The ratio of audit to non-audit fees for FY2024 was
9.9. Further details of these amounts can be found in Note 5
of the Financial Statements.
Only certain types of work, as defined by the FRC, are
explicitly permitted to be provided to the Group by PwC,
which does not include specific tax advisory services and
internal audit services. A detailed list of non-permitted
services is included in the Committee’s non-audit services
policy, which is aligned to Article 5 of Regulation (EU) No
537/2014 of the European Parliament and of the Council.
Internal Audit
The Internal Audit function provides independent assurance
of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal controls and
risk management systems. The Committee reviewed and
approved the Internal Audit Charter and the planned
internal audits for FY2024.
Following each internal audit, a rated report is produced
and shared with key stakeholders and senior management,
summarising the Internal Audit function’s assessment of
the effectiveness of the relevant controls. The Internal Audit
function formally tracks the status and resolution of any
recommended action items. A summary of the internal
audit reports as well as the status of the recommended
control improvements are discussed with the Committee.
The Committee held private meetings with the Head of
Risk and Internal Audit without Management present to
discuss the Internal Audit remit and any issues arising from
its work. As a result of these private meetings, the updates
received and the reviews undertaken, the Committee
considers the Internal Audit function to be operating
effectively and that the quality, experience and expertise of
the function is appropriate for the business.
The Committee will continue to monitor the effectiveness
of the Internal Audit function and undertake an externally
facilitated effectiveness review in FY2025.
Internal controls review
The Board monitors the key elements of the Group’s
internal control and risk management framework,
supported by the Committee. The Committee advised the
Board on its review of the effectiveness of the systems
and processes including financial, operational and
compliance controls during the year. No significant failings
or weaknesses were identified in the systems of risk
management or internal control during FY2024.
Critical systems resilience
The Committee receives updates on disaster recovery and
business continuity plans, including critical systems and
processes. Recovery processes are subject to continuous
review with periodic updates provided to the Committee
on progress towards improvements.
Report of the Audit and Risk Committee
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
70
Risk management
The Group’s risk tolerance is set by the Board and is the
level of risk it is willing to accept to sustainably achieve
its strategic objectives. The Group’s risk appetite and risk
tolerance are documented in the Group’s Risk Policy, which
is presented to the Committee annually for consultation.
The Board discusses and reviews the Group’s risk appetite
upon reviewing the principal risks and the strategy for the
Group. Regular reviews of the risk appetite ensure that the
Company’s risk exposure remains appropriate in enabling
the Group to achieve its strategic objectives.
The Group has a formal Enterprise Risk Management
(‘ERM’) programme that guides its risk management
activities. There is a dedicated Internal Risk Committee
(‘IRC’) in place, chaired by the CFO and composed of senior
risk owners and stakeholders, who are responsible for
reviewing and calibrating the Group’s risk landscape and
risk mitigating activities. These reviews provide a robust
assessment of the Group’s principal and emerging risks
and take into account the risks that threaten its business
model, future performance, solvency and/or liquidity and
the Group’s strategic objectives.
The Committee, in supporting the Board in its annual
assessment of the effectiveness of the enterprise
risk management programme and internal control
processes, relies on reporting by the IRC, Management,
compliance reports and the assurance provided by the
External Auditor. Further information on the Group’s risk
management framework and its principal and emerging
risks is available on pages 31 to 39.
Audit and corporate governance reform
The Committee has received updates on the proposals
arising from the BEIS White Paper on corporate
governance and the UK Corporate Governance Code
consultation. The Committee welcomed Management’s
participation in the accompanying consultations to ensure
matters of importance to the Group were raised.
Proactive steps were taken during the year to comply
with the Minimum Standard for Audit Committees in full
ahead of it becoming applicable to the Company in FY2026
and to consider the impact of the proposals in the UK
Corporate Governance Code consultation. With the revised
UK Corporate Governance Code now published, the
Committee will monitor progress towards complying with
the new internal control provisions.
Overview of our anti-bribery, corruption and whistleblowing policies and procedures:
Anti-bribery and corruption
Trainline adopts a zero-tolerance approach to bribery and corruption. Any of our People found to have breached the Group’s policies will face
disciplinary action which could include dismissal for gross misconduct. These policies are passed on to our supply chain, where appropriate,
as part of our procurement and contracting procedures. Corporate criminal offence procedures are in place to help prevent the facilitation of
tax evasion.
Receiving corporate hospitality and gifts
Hospitality and gifts should be refused if they could influence or appear to influence decisions made on behalf of the Group. Our People are
required to disclose gifts and hospitality offered or received. Substantial physical gifts are required to be passed on to the Group for donation
to charity or disposal.
Offering corporate hospitality and gifts
The offering of hospitality and gifts must be fully documented, pre-approved by the relevant member of the Management Team and recorded
in the Gifts and Hospitality Register. Any gifts or hospitality proposed to be offered to government officials, politicians, political parties,
regulators or foreign public offices must be pre-approved by the Group’s Legal Team.
Facilitation payments
Facilitation payments are strictly prohibited, no matter the value, even where such payments are perceived as a common part of local
business practice or law. This prohibition also applies to those who work on behalf of the Group.
Whistleblowing
If anyone has a concern they wish to raise they can contact an independent reporting line for anonymous reporting of concerns. Promotional
activities are undertaken to promote awareness of the Whistleblowing Policy. The Committee and the Board receive reports throughout the
year on whistleblowing arrangements and activities.
Corruption
Fraud, bribery and corruption concerns should be reported in accordance with the Group’s Anti-Fraud, Corruption and Bribery Policy.
Disciplinary action and other appropriate measures will be taken as necessary. Periodic refreshers are provided to our People to reinforce the
importance of this and other relevant policies.
Report of the Audit and Risk Committee
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
71
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
71
71
On behalf of the Board,
I am pleased to present the
Directors’ Remuneration
Report and proposed
Remuneration Policy.”
Rakhi Goss-Custard
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
Membership
Committee member
Meetings
Rakhi Goss-Custard (Chair)
3/3
Andy Phillipps
3/3
Duncan Tatton-Brown
3/3
Jennifer Duvalier
3/3
Marie Lalleman
1
0/0
1. Joined the Committee on 17 January 2024.
Ad hoc meetings were also convened to deal with specific matters arising.
Directors’ remuneration report
The Committee comprises five Independent Non-
executive Directors: Andy Phillipps, Duncan Tatton-
Brown, Jennifer Duvalier, Marie Lalleman and myself
(Rakhi Goss-Custard) as its Chair.
The Committee’s key activities during FY2024
Review of executive remuneration framework
As I set out in last year’s report, the Committee has
kept the Remuneration Policy and our approach to
remuneration under review in order to appropriately
balance the need to pay competitively with the views
and experience of Trainline’s stakeholders.
Following a review of the executive remuneration
framework, the Committee is proposing to renew the
Directors’ Remuneration Policy at the 2024 AGM, a year
earlier than required. The Committee considers it critical
to renew the Directors’ Remuneration Policy at the 2024
AGM to reflect the evolving rail and tech landscape and
to retain and incentivise our CEO, Jody.
Trainline has continued to progress strongly against
strategic priorities both in the UK and in Europe despite
a challenging macroeconomic environment and evolving
competitive landscape and Jody has been instrumental
to the success of the business given his unique digital
skillset and experience, relationships with key external
stakeholders, and knowledge of the rail market.
Since Jody’s appointment in 2020, his incentive
arrangements have been significantly affected by
external events, in particular the COVID-19 pandemic,
the Williams-Shapps Plan for Rail white paper (published
May 2021), and RDG’s Retail Review (winter 2021/22).
The PSP award he was granted on appointment lapsed
in full last year although the Committee did not consider
this to be a fair reflection of the underlying performance
of the business under Jody’s leadership, in particular the
strategic progress made during the performance period.
During Jody’s tenure, Trainline has continued to
incentivise and motivate its employees with adjustments
to their incentive arrangements to reflect the uncertain
external environment. However, this has not been the
case for Jody. Notwithstanding the lapsed PSP last year
Jody has personally acquired shares in the business, in
addition to shares awarded under the annual bonus
deferred share plan, to grow his shareholding.
Considering the impact of exogenous factors, the
evolving rail landscape and continued uncertainty
this creates, the Committee is therefore proposing to
rebalance the incentive framework to provide a greater
weighting on short-term financial and strategic targets.
In addition, Jody’s salary will be increased to £700,000 to
recognise his unique skillset as well as the competitive
market in which we compete for talent.
Our responsibilities
Develop the Group’s policy on executive
remuneration and monitor its ongoing
appropriateness
Determine the levels of remuneration
for Executive Directors, the Chair and the
Management Team
Review employee remuneration and
administer the Group’s share schemes
Review workforce remuneration and
related policies
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
72
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
72
72
Directors’ remuneration report
continued
Review of executive remuneration framework cont.
In developing these proposals we have consulted
with many of Trainline’s largest shareholders, in total
representing over 78% of issued shares, and I personally
was pleased to hear directly from so many of them.
The feedback provided during the consultation process
was invaluable and was carefully considered by the
Committee as it looked to finalise the approach.
When consulted, our major shareholders understood
the rationale for the proposed changes to the Directors’
Remuneration Policy at this time and were generally
supportive, although some questions were raised
in relation to the rebalancing and the approach to
target-setting. In response to this feedback, the
Committee refined the original proposals to ensure
the remuneration framework remains appropriately
focused on long-term value creation and the alignment
of Executive Director interests with those of our
shareholders, while also ensuring a remuneration
package which continues to retain and incentivise our
Executive Directors.
Proposed Remuneration Policy
The full Directors’ Remuneration Policy can be found on
pages 75 to 83, but in summary, the following changes
are being proposed:
No change to the total incentive opportunity for
the CEO, but the annual bonus and PSP award
opportunity has been rebalanced with the annual
bonus opportunity increased by 50% of salary for
both CEO and CFO to 250% and 200% respectively
and the PSP award opportunity reduced by 50% of
salary to 300% for the CEO and by 100% of salary
to 250% for the CFO. The original proposal was to
rebalance with an equal weighting between the
annual bonus and PSP opportunity for both Executive
Directors. However, recognising some shareholders
preferred a higher weighting on the longer-term
component, the Committee determined that the PSP
should continue to comprise the majority of the total
incentive.
The introduction of an additional stretch target into
the bonus framework over and above the normal
target range, i.e., there will now be a four point
performance structure of entry, target, stretch and
a new maximum target for financial measures. The
higher maximum annual bonus opportunity would
therefore only be delivered for outperformance
above the level current financial stretch targets
are set.
Increase in the shareholding guideline to 250% of
salary from the current 200% of salary to further
enhance the alignment of interests between the
Executive Directors and shareholders.
Overall, the Committee believes these changes are
appropriate and considers it important to highlight:
no change is being proposed to the total incentive
opportunity for the CEO and the total incentive
opportunity for the CFO will be reduced from 500%
to 450% of salary;
the entire incentive framework remains
performance-based with the majority subject to the
achievement of long-term targets. The Committee
will continue to set stretching annual and
long-term targets;
for variable pay the maximum amount of
remuneration receivable in cash will continue to be
100% of salary and any bonus earned above 100% of
salary will continue to be delivered in shares;
the rebalancing and increased focus on shorter-term
targets will help drive strategic progress against
a backdrop of a complex and uncertain external
environment that Jody and the team need to
navigate while delivering innovation and growth in
the longer term;
the proposed approach facilitates our Executive
Directors, in particular Jody, to build equity in the
business quicker thereby further aligning their
interests with shareholders; and
performance targets are set with the intention of
incentivising organic growth, but if a materially
significant acquisition were to take place, the
Committee would review the targets to ensure that
performance is measured on a fair and equitable
basis and the outturns are reflective of the overall
shareholder experience.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
73
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
73
73
Salary increases for Executive Directors
Jody is instrumental in delivering the strategy as we
continue to innovate in a challenging market. For
FY2025, we have determined that a salary increase
from £645,397 to £700,000 per annum (or 8.5%)
is appropriate.
The 8.5% salary increase for Jody will be broadly aligned
to the 8.8% average increase awarded to employees
in the business who were rated as performing
exceptionally during the year and were eligible to receive
a bonus. This is lower than the average increase of 10.2%
for all employees rated as performing exceptionally
during the year including those not eligible for a
bonus. Following this increase, it is intended that for
the duration of the proposed Remuneration Policy any
future salary increase will be limited to the increase
awarded to the wider workforce.
The Committee recognises Jody’s total compensation is
positioned at the upper end of the UK market. However,
we believe this is appropriately competitive, recognising
that the talent market for someone with Jody’s highly
sought after experience and digital skillset is not
limited to the UK-listed environment. It also includes
listed businesses outside of the UK, private equity and
larger technology companies where remuneration
arrangements can be more lucrative. As set out above,
we will continue to ensure the performance targets set
are commensurate with the overall opportunity.
For Pete, a 4.5% increase to £434,720 (FY2023: £416,000),
below the 5.1% average increase for the wider
workforce, was considered to be appropriate taking
into account his experience and the positioning of his
package against the market.
Overall, the Committee believes the salary increases to
be appropriate.
Remuneration outcomes for FY2024
Trainline performed strongly in FY2024 with financial
performance exceeding the top end of the annual
bonus stretch performance range. Performance against
non-financial measures was mixed with performance
predominantly in the threshold to target range and
with one measure missing threshold. As a result of this
performance the CEO and CFO achieved 84.7% of their
FY2024 annual bonus total opportunity.
Performance was strong against the financial measures
of the FY2022 PSP share award which is due to vest
7 May 2024, with FY2024 EPS performance exceeding
the top end of the exceptional performance range and
FY2024 Group Revenue performance slightly under
target. Relative TSR performance was below threshold
as Trainline’s share price has yet to fully recover from
the uncertainty created following the publication of the
Williams-Shapps Plan for Rail which included proposals
to create a new Great British Railways ticket retailing
website and app, proposals which have now been
withdrawn by the UK Government. As a result, 45% of
the CEO and CFO’s FY2022 PSP award will vest.
When reviewing the outcome of the FY2024 annual
bonus and the FY2022 PSP award the Committee
considered Trainline’s performance and the experience
of shareholders and other stakeholders including our
People and determined that the outcomes were a
fair reflection.
Workforce remuneration and related policies
The Committee is pleased with the actions Management
took to recognise the hard work of the wider workforce
in contributing to Trainline’s success in FY2024, including
the payment of a one-off cash award a £300 or Euro
equivalent voucher for all our People to use Trainline as
they experience a rail journey important to them, and
increasing the employee pool eligible to participate in
the annual bonus scheme.
Closing remarks
The Committee is dedicated to ensuring an open
dialogue with shareholders in relation to remuneration,
and we are very grateful for all the feedback we have
received as part of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy
review. We strongly believe that the new remuneration
policy and its implementation will greatly incentivise
management to create significant value for shareholders
and I hope you will support the proposed Directors’
Remuneration Policy at the 2024 AGM.
Rakhi Goss-Custard
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
3 May 2024
Directors’ remuneration report
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
74
Remuneration at a glance
This section is a snapshot of the Company’s performance over FY2024, the remuneration received
by our Executive Directors and the implementation of the Remuneration Policy in FY2025.
Full details can be found in the Annual Report on Remuneration on pages 84 to 91.
FY2024 remuneration outcomes
Based on actual outturn as set out below, the CEO and the CFO will receive 84.7% of their
maximum bonus, representing 169.3% of salary for the CEO and 127.0% of salary for the
CFO and 45% of their FY2022 PSP award will vest.
Annual bonus outcome
Measures
Weighting
(% of total)
Performance targets
Actual FY2024
achievement
Resulting
outcome
(% of total)
Threshold
Target
Stretch
Group net sales
25%
£4,609m
£4,852m
£5,115m
£5,295m
25%
Group revenue
25%
£345m
£363m
£384m
£397m
25%
Group adjusted EBITDA
1
25%
£93m
£98m
£110m
£122m
25%
Total
75%
75% out of 75%
1
See page 147 for the definition of Group Adjusted EBITDA.
Weighting
(% of total bonus)
Resulting bonus outcome
(% of total bonus)
Strategic objectives
25%
9.7% out of 25%
PSP awards vesting
Measures
Weighting
(% of total)
Performance targets
Actual FY2024
achievement
Resulting
outcome
(% of total)
Threshold
(16% vesting)
Target
(80% vesting)
Exceptional
(100% vesting)
EPS in FY2024
1
25%
6.0p
7.5p
9.4p
12.1p
25%
Group Revenue
in FY2024
25%
£318m
£397m
£496m
£397m
20%
Relative TSR vs
FTSE 250
2
50%
Median
Upper
quartile
Upper decile
Below
threshold
0%
Total
100%
45% out of 100%
1. EPS performance for the period 1 March 2023 to 29 February 2024.
2. Excluding investment trusts.
Implementation of the 2024 Remuneration Policy in FY2025
For FY2025, subject to approval of the proposed remuneration policy, the Executive
Directors will be remunerated as summarised in the table below.
Element of pay
Implementation for FY2025
Fixed
remuneration
Base salary
£700,000 for Jody Ford and £434,720 for Pete Wood.
Pension
The CEO’s and CFO’s pension benefits by way of cash allowance, at c.5.5% of
salary, align with the broader workforce.
Benefits
Medical and dental insurance for the Executive Director and their immediate
family, and life assurance are made available to the Executive Directors.
Variable pay
Annual bonus
and DSBP
Awards of up to 250% of salary for CEO and 200% of salary for CFO, based on
the achievement of Group financial targets (weighted 75% of maximum) and
specific and quantifiable strategic objectives (weighted 25%).
Financial measures now include an additional stretch target such that there
will now be a four-point performance structure of entry, target, stretch and
a new maximum target requiring delivery of outperformance above the
current stretch target. Strategic measures will continue to be assessed based
on performance between threshold and stretch.
Awards earned above 100% of salary will be deferred in shares over
two years.
PSP
Awards of 300% of salary for CEO and 250% of salary for CFO based on
average Revenue growth, cumulative EPS and relative TSR.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
75
Remuneration Policy
This section of the report sets out the proposed 2024 Remuneration Policy which will be put before
shareholders for approval at the 2024 AGM. The Committee intends that the 2024 Remuneration Policy
will come into effect from that date (27 June 2024) for a period of up to three years.
Since early 2023 the Committee has spent considerable time reviewing Trainline’s executive remuneration structure to ensure it appropriately supports the delivery of the strategy and
exceptional performance for shareholders, while ensuring that Trainline can attract, retain and incentivise talent in what is an extremely competitive sector. Following the review, the
main changes to the 2024 Remuneration Policy are:
Rebalancing of the incentive framework. The maximum annual bonus opportunity is increased by 50% of salary to 250% of salary for the CEO and 200% of salary for the CFO
and the maximum PSP opportunity is reduced by 50% of salary to 300% of salary for the CEO and by 100% of salary to 250% of salary for the CFO. The total maximum incentive
opportunity continues to be 550% of salary for the CEO and has reduced to 450% of salary for the CFO.
Increase in the shareholding guideline to 250% of salary from 200% of salary to further enhance the alignment of interests between the Executive Directors and shareholders.
In developing the 2024 Remuneration Policy, the Committee consulted extensively with our largest shareholders, representing over 78% of our shares. The feedback provided was
invaluable and helped the Committee to refine its original proposals. Further details on the review process, proposed changes and the shareholder consultation exercise can be found
in the letter from the Chair of the Remuneration Committee on pages 71 to 73.
Executive Directors’ Remuneration Policy table
The table below sets out the individual elements of Executive Directors’ remuneration, how each element operates, and the maximum opportunity and any applicable
performance measures.
Element
Purpose and link to strategy
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Performance measures
Salary
To recruit and
retain high-calibre
Executive Directors.
Salaries are typically reviewed annually, on
1 April, though the Committee reserves the
right to make salary increases from any other
time where considered appropriate.
Base salaries are determined taking into
account a number of factors, including:
the individual’s role, responsibilities, and
performance;
salary levels at comparable companies,
adjusted to reflect scale; and
salary increases for the wider workforce.
Whilst there is no maximum salary, increases
will normally be in line with the average
increase for the wider workforce.
The Committee retains the discretion to
make increases above this level in certain
circumstances, for example following an
increase in responsibility or scope, or where
an individual is appointed on a
below-market salary.
Not applicable.
Pension
To provide appropriate
retirement plans.
The Executive Directors may participate in
the Company’s pension scheme, with the
Company making contributions on their behalf,
or may receive a cash allowance in lieu of
pension contribution.
The Executive Directors may receive a
maximum contribution/cash allowance in line
with the level available to the wider workforce
at the time, currently 5.5% of salary.
Not applicable.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
76
Element
Purpose and link to strategy
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Performance measures
Benefits
To ensure that the
overall package
is competitive.
Executive Directors receive private medical and
dental insurance for the individual and their
immediate family, and life assurance.
Other benefits may be provided at the
discretion of the Committee based on
individual circumstances and business
requirements, such as relocation allowances.
The value of benefits is based on the cost to the
Company and is not pre-determined.
The Committee retains the discretion
to approve a higher than typical cost in
exceptional circumstances (e.g. relocation) or
in circumstances driven by factors outside the
Company’s control (e.g. material increases in
insurance premium).
Not applicable.
Annual bonus
& Deferred
Share Bonus
Plan (‘DSBP’)
To incentivise
and reward the
achievement of
annual financial and
non-financial targets,
in line with the
Company’s strategic
priorities.
To directly align
the interests of
Executive Directors
and shareholders and
support retention
through long-term
deferral in shares.
The annual bonus is reviewed at the beginning
of each year to ensure that the bonus
opportunity, performance measures, targets
and weightings are appropriate.
The level of pay-out is determined by the
Committee after the year end, based on
performance against targets and any additional
factors it deems relevant.
Any annual bonus earned above a threshold
of 100% of salary will normally be deferred in
shares over a period of two years with half of
the deferred shares vesting after one year.
Dividends may accrue over the deferral period
in respect of DSBP awards that vest.
The maximum bonus opportunity is up to 250%
of salary for the CEO and up to 200% of salary
for other Executive Directors.
For threshold and target performance of
financial metrics, the bonus normally earned is
0% and up to 50% of maximum, respectively.
For strategic and/or personal metrics, the
amount of bonus earned will be determined
by the Committee between 0% and 100% by
reference to its assessment of the extent to
which the relevant metric or objectives have
been met.
The bonus is determined based on annual
performance against financial, strategic and/or
personal performance metrics.
Performance measures and weightings will
be determined at the start of the year to
align with the Company’s short-term financial
and strategic priorities. No more than 25%
of the bonus opportunity will be based on
personal objectives.
Details of the measures applicable for the year
under review are provided in the Annual Report
on Remuneration.
Remuneration Policy
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
77
Element
Purpose and link to strategy
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Performance measures
Performance
Share Plan
(‘PSP’)
To incentivise and
reward the delivery of
long-term shareholder
value and the
achievement of long-
term financial targets.
Awards of nil-cost options, market value
options or conditional shares are made
annually, with vesting dependent on the
achievement of performance conditions.
Awards are reviewed prior to grant to ensure
that the award level, performance measures,
targets and weightings are appropriate.
Awards normally vest based on performance
measured over a minimum of three years.
The level of vesting is determined by the
Committee after the performance period,
based on the degree to which the performance
conditions have been met. In adjudicating
the final vesting outcome, the Committee will
also consider the underlying performance
of the business, as well as the value created
for shareholders.
A two-year holding period will normally apply to
vested PSP awards during which vested shares
may not be sold save to cover tax liabilities.
Dividends may accrue over the vesting period
in respect of awards that vest.
The maximum annual award level is up to 300%
of salary for the CEO and up to 250% of salary
for other Executive Directors.
For threshold performance, up to 20% of the
award vests.
Performance conditions and weightings will be
determined prior to grant each year to align
with the Company’s longer-term strategy.
Details of the measures applicable for the year
under review are provided in the Annual Report
on Remuneration.
Share
Incentive Plan
(‘SIP’)
To encourage
employee share
ownership and further
support shareholder
alignment.
The Company operates an HMRC-approved
plan that provides all employees with a
tax-efficient way of purchasing Partnership
Shares and allows the grant of Free and/or
Matching Shares.
Executive Directors are entitled to participate in
the SIP on the same terms as other employees.
In line with the award limits set by HMRC
(or any lower limit as determined by
the Committee).
Not applicable.
Remuneration Policy
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
78
Notes to the Policy table:
Selection of performance measures
The annual bonus is currently based on a combination of financial and strategic measures
which are selected annually to reflect the Group’s strategy. The PSP is currently based on
EPS, revenue and relative TSR metrics, all of which are either key internal metrics for the
Company or represent a key indicator of value for our shareholders. Additional metrics,
including a sustainability-related metric, may be introduced if the Committee determines
it is appropriate to do so. Weightings for measures will focus on: financial performance;
the successful execution of Trainline’s strategy; and creating value for shareholders. The
Executive Directors do not currently participate in the SIP but if an Executive Director were
to choose to do so the Committee would ensure the Executive Director has the same
performance measures required of an employee participant.
The mix of annual and long-term measures is discussed in further detail in the Annual
Report on Remuneration. Targets are set taking into account a number of factors
including internal and external forecasts, and market practice.
The Committee keeps the performance measures, weightings and targets of both the
annual bonus and the PSP under review and reserves the right to adjust these if they are
no longer considered to be appropriate.
We set performance targets that are intended to incentivise organic growth. If a
materially significant acquisition (or disposal), or a series of such events which taken
together were material, were to take place, the Committee would consider applying
discretion to adjust the targets so that (i) performance is measured on a fair and equitable
like-for-like basis; and (ii) overall outturns are reflective of the overall shareholder
experiences. The circumstances of a transaction are always unique and there are a
number of factors that the Committee would consider including (i) when during the
performance period any transaction takes place; (ii) the nature of the transaction; (iii) how
the transaction is funded; and (iv) the impact of the transaction on the targets set. In line
with market practice, we have not adopted a formulaic approach to making adjustments
to targets and we have not set a specific materiality threshold. Instead, we take a
principles-based approach to determine whether or not a transaction is material in terms
of its scale and/or the impact on the performance targets and whether any adjustment to
targets should be made. Our aim is to ensure:
performance is measured on a fair and equitable like-for-like basis;
overall outturns are reflective of the overall shareholder experience;
any significant transaction does not result in the targets being materially more or less
difficult to satisfy;
Management are appropriately rewarded for making positive acquisitions/
divestments that are in line with the Company’s strategy and not dis-incentivised from
doing the right thing for the business at the right time;
retrospective adjustments are not made as a result of general changes in market
conditions or general market movements.
Discretion
The Committee may make minor amendments to the Policy (e.g. for regulatory, exchange
control, tax or administrative purposes or to take account of a change in legislation)
without obtaining shareholder approval for that amendment. The exercise of any
discretion will be fully disclosed in the relevant Annual Report on Remuneration. There
are a number of specific areas in which the Committee may exercise discretion, including:
to vary the annual bonus and PSP performance measures and weightings each year
to reflect strategic priorities;
to adjust the formulaic annual bonus and PSP outcomes positively or negatively based
on a holistic assessment, to ensure the final outcome is a fair and true reflection of
underlying business performance and stakeholder experience;
to adjust the performance conditions for in-flight PSP awards in exceptional
circumstances, provided the new conditions are no tougher or easier than the
original conditions;
to adjust in-flight PSP awards in the event of a variation of the Company’s share
capital or a demerger, delisting, special dividend, rights issue or other event, which
may, in the Committee’s opinion, affect the current or future value of awards;
to settle awards in cash (for example, on a termination).
Malus and clawback
Awards under the annual bonus (including deferred awards under the DSBP) and PSP are
subject to malus and clawback provisions. Provisions apply for a period of two years from
date of payment in respect of the cash bonus, and for a period of five years from date
of grant in respect of awards under the DSBP and the PSP.
Clawback refers to the recovery of paid or vested amounts, and may be applied in certain
circumstances including the following:
material misstatement of the Company’s financial statements;
conduct by the individual resulting in significant reputational damage
to the Company;
fraud, negligence or gross misconduct by the individual.
Malus refers to the reduction, including to nil, of unvested or unpaid awards.
The Committee is able to apply malus to awards in the circumstances set out above.
Remuneration Policy
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
79
Notes to the Policy table cont:
Executive Director shareholding guidelines
Shareholding guidelines are in place whereby Executive Directors are encouraged to build
and maintain over time a shareholding in the Company with a value equivalent to at least
250% of their base salary.
Executive Directors are subject to a post-employment shareholding guideline. Executive
Directors will normally be expected to maintain a holding of Trainline shares at a level
equal to the lower of the in-post shareholding guideline and the individual’s actual
shareholding for a period of two years from the date the individual ceases to be a
Director. The specific application of this shareholding guideline will be at the Committee’s
discretion. The post-employment guideline will be policed through the holding of vested
PSP awards and through the monitoring of shareholdings by the Company.
The Committee retains the discretion to vary the shareholding guidelines in
appropriate circumstances.
Remuneration Policy for new hires and internal promotions
The remuneration package for a new Executive Director will be set broadly in line with the
prevailing shareholder-approved Remuneration Policy at the time of the appointment.
The Committee will ensure that the package is sufficient to attract the appropriate
individual, having regard to the calibre, skills and experience required, whilst being
cognisant of not paying more than is appropriate.
In addition, the Remuneration Committee retains the discretion to offer additional
payments or awards subject to the principles and limits set out below. In determining
appropriate remuneration, the Committee will consider all relevant factors to ensure the
arrangements are in the best interests of the Company and its shareholders. This may, for
example, include (but is not limited to) the following circumstances:
an interim appointment is made to fill an Executive Director role on a short-term basis,
exceptional circumstances require that the Chair or a Non-executive Director takes on
an executive function on a short-term basis,
an Executive Director is recruited at a time in the year when it would be inappropriate
to provide an annual bonus or PSP award for that year as there would not be
sufficient time to assess performance. Subject to the limit on variable remuneration
set out below, the quantum in respect of the months employed during the year
may be transferred to the subsequent year so that reward is provided on a fair and
appropriate basis, and
the Executive Director received benefits at their previous employer which the
Committee considers it appropriate to offer.
The Committee may also alter the performance measures, performance period, vesting
period, deferral period and holding period of the annual bonus or PSP if it determines
that the circumstances of the recruitment merit such alteration. The rationale for doing so
will be clearly explained.
The Committee may offer additional cash and/or share-based awards to take account of
remuneration arrangements forfeited on leaving a previous employment or engagement.
In doing so, the Committee will take account of relevant factors regarding the forfeited
arrangements which may include the form of any forfeited awards (e.g. cash or shares),
the time horizons, and any performance conditions attached (and the likelihood of
meeting those conditions). These awards or payments are excluded from the maximum
level of variable remuneration referred to below; however, the Committee’s intention
is that the value awarded or paid would be no higher than the expected value of the
forfeited arrangements. The Committee will seek to use the current remuneration
structure in making awards, but in some cases it may be required to use the flexibility
afforded by Listing Rule 9.4.2R, if appropriate. Shareholders will be informed of any such
awards or payments at the time of appointment.
The maximum level of variable remuneration that may be granted to a new Executive
Director (excluding any buy-out arrangements) is 550% of salary for the CEO role and
450% of salary for other Executive Directors.
Where an Executive Director is required to relocate from their home location to take up
their role, the Committee may provide reasonable assistance with relocation in line with
local market norms normally for a period of up to two years.
Where a position is filled internally, any pre-appointment remuneration entitlements
or outstanding variable pay elements shall be allowed to continue according to the
original terms.
Fees payable to a newly appointed Chair or Non-executive Director will be in line with the
fee policy in place at the time of appointment.
Remuneration Policy
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
80
80
Notes to the Policy table cont:
Payments from previously agreed remuneration arrangements
The Committee reserves the right to make any remuneration payments where the terms
of the payment were agreed (i) prior to the Company’s Listing, or (ii) before the Policy
came into effect, or (iii) at a time when the relevant individual was not a Director of the
Company and, in the opinion of the Committee, the payment was not in consideration
for the individual becoming a Director of the Company. This does not apply to pension
contributions for new appointments to the Board. Details of any such payments will be
set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration as they arise.
Remuneration arrangements throughout the Group
Remuneration arrangements throughout the Group are based on the same high-level
remuneration principles as for the Executive Directors. Annual salary reviews take into
account personal performance, Group performance, local pay and market conditions, and
salary levels for similar roles in comparable companies.
All UK employees are eligible to participate in the Share Incentive Plan on identical terms
and we also offer similar all-employee share plans to overseas colleagues. Mid-level staff
are also eligible to participate in annual bonus schemes; opportunities and performance
measures vary by organisational level, and an individual’s role. Senior executives are
eligible for annual PSP awards on similar terms to Executive Directors, although award
opportunities are lower and vary by organisational level; other staff are eligible to
participate in a restricted stock plan.
Consideration of wider employee views and shareholders
The Committee Chair and the designated Non-executive Director for Workforce
Engagement provide insight on the wider workforce for the Committee to consider via
their direct engagement with employees on remuneration. In addition, the Committee
receives updates from management on the Group’s reward objectives, relevant external
measures such as benchmark data and the sentiment of the wider workforce. These
updates are carefully considered when determining remuneration for Executive Directors,
for example, the Committee considers the salary increases for the wider workforce
when determining the salary increases for Executive Directors. The remuneration
structures and reward opportunities for the wider workforce were also considered
when determining the appropriateness of the proposed 2024 Remuneration Policy. The
Committee does not currently engage directly with the wider workforce on how executive
remuneration aligns with the wider workforce pay policy, although the approach to
workforce engagement is kept under review.
The Committee is dedicated to ensuring open dialogue with shareholders in relation to
remuneration. The Committee Chair consulted with major shareholders during FY2024
on the proposed 2024 Remuneration Policy and its implementation in FY2025. The
Committee took on board the comments received, and commits to further engagement
in advance of any future significant changes. Further information on the consultation
process is set out on pages 71 to 73.
Remuneration Policy
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
81
Remuneration Policy
continued
Minimum
Minimum
CFO £’000
On-target
Maximum +50%
20%
39%
100%
£461
£1,113
41%
Maximum
45%
36%
£2,417
19%
18%
37%
29%
£2,961
16%
Fixed pay
Annual bonus
Long-term incentive
Share price growth
CEO £’000
On-target
100%
£741
21%
43%
£2,036
36%
Maximum
46%
38%
£4,591
16%
Maximum +50%
19%
37%
31%
£5,641
13%
Fixed pay
Annual bonus
Long-term incentive
Share price growth
Remuneration opportunities in different performance scenarios
The charts opposite illustrate the potential future value and composition of the Executive
Directors’ remuneration opportunities in four performance scenarios: minimum,
on-target (i.e. in line with the Company’s expectations), maximum, and maximum plus
50% share price appreciation. The potential remuneration opportunities are based on
the proposed 2024 Policy, applied to the Executive Directors’ salaries for FY2025. The
charts below exclude the effect of any Company share price appreciation except in the
‘Maximum+50%’ scenario.
Assumptions:
Performance scenario
Includes
Minimum
Salary, pension and benefits (fixed remuneration)
No bonus payout
No vesting under the PSP
On-target
Fixed remuneration
50% of maximum annual bonus payout (i.e. 125% and 100% of salary for
the CEO and the CFO, respectively)
20% vesting of the PSP (i.e. 60% and 50% of salary for the CEO and the
CFO, respectively)
Maximum
Fixed remuneration
100% of maximum annual bonus payout (i.e. 250% and 200% of salary
for the CEO and the CFO, respectively)
100% vesting of a PSP award (i.e. 300% and 250% of salary for the CEO
and the CFO, respectively)
Maximum +50%
Fixed remuneration
100% of maximum annual bonus payout
100% vesting of a PSP award, plus 50% share price appreciation
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
82
Executive Directors’ service contracts and termination remuneration policy
The Executive Directors have service contracts with an indefinite term, which are terminable by either the Company or the Executive Director on 12 months’ notice. The service
contracts make provision, at the Board’s discretion, for early termination involving payment of salary, benefits and pension contributions in lieu of notice. Payment in lieu of notice can
be paid either as a lump sum or in equal monthly instalments over the notice period and will normally be subject to mitigation. Effective dates of Executive Director service contracts
are 21 September 2020 for Jody Ford and 16 December 2022 for Peter Wood and the service contracts are available for inspection at the Company’s registered office. The table below
summarises how the awards under incentive plans are typically treated in specific circumstances, with the final treatment remaining subject to the Committee’s discretion. When
considering the use of discretion, the Committee reviews all potential incentive outcomes to ensure that any application of discretion is fair to both shareholders and participants.
Plan
Scenario
Timing and calculation of payment/vesting
Annual
bonus
All leavers (except the circumstances set out below)
No bonus is paid.
Death; injury, disability or ill-health; the sale of the participant’s
employing company or business, or in other circumstances at
the discretion of the Remuneration Committee
The Committee may determine that an Executive Director is eligible to receive a bonus for the year. The Committee will determine the
level of bonus taking into account time served in the year and performance. Any bonus paid will normally be payable and subject to
deferral in line with the Remuneration Policy.
Change of control
The Committee will assess the most appropriate treatment for the outstanding bonus period according to the circumstances.
DSBP
All leavers (except the circumstances set out below)
Awards lapse.
Death; injury, disability or ill-health; the sale of the participant’s
employing company or business, or in other circumstances at
the discretion of the Remuneration Committee
Awards will vest on the original vesting date, or, if the Committee so determines, as soon as practicable after the date of cessation.
Change of control
Awards vest immediately, and will be pro-rated for time, unless the Committee determines otherwise.
Alternatively, participants may choose, or at the discretion of the Committee may be required, to accept an exchange for new equivalent
awards in the acquirer.
PSP
All leavers (except the circumstances set out below)
Awards lapse.
Death; injury, disability or ill-health; the sale of the participant’s
employing company or business, or in other circumstances at
the discretion of the Remuneration Committee
Awards will vest on the original vesting date, or, if the Committee so determines, as soon as practicable after the date of cessation.
The extent to which awards vest will be determined by the Committee, taking into account the extent to which the performance
conditions have been satisfied. Awards will be pro-rated for time based on the proportion of the performance period elapsed, unless the
Committee determines otherwise.
Change of control
Awards vest immediately, subject to the Committee’s assessment of performance. Awards will be pro-rated for time based on the
proportion of the performance period elapsed, unless the Committee determines otherwise.
Alternatively, participants may choose, or at the discretion of the Committee may be required, to accept an exchange for new equivalent
awards in the acquirer.
In respect of vested PSP awards that are still subject to a holding period, awards will normally be released at the end of the holding period, however the Committee has discretion
to determine otherwise, taking into account the circumstances at the time. Payments may also be made in respect of accrued but untaken holiday and in respect of any fees for
outplacement services, legal and/or professional advice in connection with the Director’s termination. The Committee reserves the right to make additional payments on termination
where such payments are made in good faith in discharge of an existing legal obligation (or by way of damages for breach of such an obligation) or by way of settlement or
compromise of any claim arising in connection with the termination of a Director’s office or employment. In doing so, the Committee will recognise and balance the interests of
shareholders and the departing Executive Director, as well as the interests of the remaining Directors.
Remuneration Policy
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
83
Non-executive Directors’ Remuneration Policy
The table below sets out details of the Company’s Policy on Non-executive Directors’
remuneration.
Element
Purpose
and link to
strategy
Operation
Maximum
opportunity
Performance
measures
Fees
To recruit
and retain
high-calibre
Non-
executive
Directors.
Non-executive Directors are paid
a base fee for membership of the
Board, with additional fees being
paid for membership of Committees
and the role of Chair of a Board
Committee, to take into account
the additional responsibilities and
workload required.
The Company has the discretion
to pay an additional fee to a
Non-executive Director, should
the Company require significant
additional time commitment
in exceptional or unforeseen
circumstances. Any such fees will
be time-limited in nature.
Fees are determined based on the
responsibility and time commitment
required, and with reference to
appropriate market comparisons.
Fees are normally paid in cash.
The maximum
annual
aggregate
fee for all
Non-executive
Directors
is currently
£1.5 million.
Any proposed
revision to this
limit would
be subject to
shareholder
approval, as
required under
the Company’s
Articles of
Association.
Not
applicable.
Other
payments
To have the
flexibility
to provide
additional
fees/
benefits, if
required.
Non-executive Directors do not
currently receive any benefits.
However, benefits may be
provided in the future if, in the
view of the Company, this is
considered appropriate.
Travel and other reasonable
expenses (including fees incurred in
obtaining professional advice in the
furtherance of their duties) incurred
in the course of performing their
duties are reimbursed.
Not applicable.
Not
applicable.
Non-executive Director letters of appointment
The Non-executive Directors have letters of appointment, the terms of which recognise
that their appointments are subject to the Company’s Articles of Association and their
services are at the discretion of the shareholders. The appointment letters for the Non-
executive Directors provide that no compensation is payable on termination, other than
any accrued fees and expenses. The table below shows the appointment and expiry dates
for the Non-executive Directors.
Non-executive Director
Effective date of appointment
Expiry of appointment
Andy Phillipps
1 Jan 2021
AGM 2026
Brian McBride
10 Jun 2019
AGM 2025
Duncan Tatton-Brown
10 Jun 2019
AGM 2025
Jennifer Duvalier
1 Oct 2020
AGM 2026
Marie Lalleman
17 Jan 2024
AGM 2026
Rakhi Goss-Custard
30 Jun 2022
AGM 2025
Consistency with the UK Corporate Governance Code
The Committee is satisfied that the principles of the UK Corporate Governance Code
relating to the design of remuneration policies and practices have been applied:
Clarity: we ensure pay for performance and our policy is designed to be logical
and transparent.
Simplicity: Executive Director remuneration comprises a regular package including fixed
pay, and short and long-term variable pay.
Risk: a significant proportion of the Executive Director remuneration package is subject
to the achievement of performance targets and delivered in shares over the long term
ensuring the longer-term impact of decisions is reflected. Shareholding requirements
mean that Executive Directors are exposed to movements in the share price and therefore
help to guard against inappropriate risk-taking. Malus and clawback provisions also apply.
Predictability: variable pay is subject to the achievement of specific and transparent
performance targets, with the potential levels of remuneration receivable at threshold,
target and maximum clearly disclosed. The Committee has the ability to apply its
discretion to ensure variable pay outcomes reflect underlying corporate health.
Proportionality: the Executive Director pay mix is similar to that at comparable companies,
with variable pay subject to the achievement of appropriately stretching performance
targets. The Committee has the ability to apply its discretion to ensure overall pay
outcomes are proportionate to the Group’s long-term performance.
Alignment to culture: variable pay captures several categories of performance, including
non-financial objectives, helping to ensure pay reflects multiple perspectives on
performance, and not just financial outcomes.
Remuneration Policy
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
84
Annual report on remuneration
The following section sets out our Annual Report on Remuneration and outlines decisions made by the
Committee in relation to Directors’ remuneration in respect of FY2024 and how the Committee intends
to apply the proposed Remuneration Policy in FY2025 should it be approved by shareholders at the AGM.
The Directors’ Remuneration Report, excluding the Remuneration Policy, will be subject to
an advisory shareholder vote at the AGM to be held on 27 June 2024. Where information
has been audited, this has been stated. All other information in this report is unaudited.
Shareholder voting
The table below sets out the voting outcome for the Directors’ Remuneration Report at
the 2023 AGM and the Remuneration Policy at the 2022 AGM.
Votes for
Votes against
Votes withheld
No. of shares (m)
Percentage
No. of shares (m)
Percentage
No. of shares (m)
Remuneration Report
380.1
90.8%
38.3
9.2%
0.0
Remuneration Policy
354.4
82.1%
77.5
17.9%
18.1
Implementation of the Remuneration Policy in FY2024
Single figure of total remuneration for Executive Directors (Audited)
The single figure of total remuneration for Executive Directors in FY2024 and FY2023 was:
Financial
year
Salary
(‘000)
Pension
(‘000)
Benefits
(‘000)
Total
fixed
(000)
Annual
bonus
(‘000)
Share
vest
(‘000)
Total
variable
(‘000)
Total
remuneration
(‘000)
Jody Ford
FY2024
£642
£35
£3
£680
£1,093
£690
1
£1,783
£2,463
FY2023
£601
£33
£3
£637
£1,078
£0
2
£1,078
£1,715
Peter
Wood
FY2024
£415
£23
£2
£440
£528
£177
1, 4
£705
£1,145
FY2023
3
£84
£5
£0
£89
£107
£0
2
£107
£196
1.
The PSP awards expected to vest on 7 May 2024 multiplied by the average share price for the three months
ending 29 February 2024 being £3.13. The share price used at grant was £2.93 and therefore £43,097 for
Jody Ford and £6,746 for Peter Wood of the estimated value of the vesting award is attributable to share
price appreciation.
2. No share award vesting occurred for this period.
3. Pete Wood joined the Board as CFO on 16 December 2022.
4.
Includes an RSP award granted prior to his promotion to CFO which vested on 2 October 2023, the value of
which was £68k.
Single figure of total remuneration for Non-executive Directors (Audited)
The single figure of total remuneration for Non-executive Directors for FY2024 and
FY2023 was:
Financial year
Fees (‘000)
Taxable benefits (000)
Total fees (000)
Andy Phillipps
FY2024
£75
£0
£75
FY2023
£75
£0
£75
Brian McBride
FY2024
£265
£0
£265
FY2023
£265
£0
£265
Duncan Tatton-Brown
FY2024
£85
£0
£85
FY2023
£85
£0
£85
Jennifer Duvalier
FY2024
£85
£0
£85
FY2023
£85
£0
£85
Rakhi Goss-Custard
1
FY2024
£85
£0
£85
FY2023
£57
£0
£57
Marie Lalleman
2
FY2024
£9
£0
£9
1. Joined the Board on 30 June 2022.
2. Joined the Board on 17 January 2024.
Notes to the tables (Audited)
Executive Director base salary and Non-executive Director fees
During FY2024, the Committee approved an increase for Jody Ford’s salary as CEO to
£645,397 (FY2023: £603,438) and an increase for Peter Wood’s salary as CFO to £416,000
(FY2023: £400,000). The Committee carefully considered comparator benchmark data and
wider workforce pay when determining that CEO salary would increase by 7% in line with
the average increase for the wider workforce during the year and that CFO salary would
increase by 4%. There was no change to Non-executive Director fees during FY2024.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
85
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Notes to the tables (Audited) cont.
Pension
During FY2024, Jody Ford and Pete Wood received pension benefits by way of cash
allowances equal to 5.5% of salary respectively. This pension allowance aligns with that
for the wider workforce.
Benefits
Benefits can include life assurance and medical and dental insurance benefits for the
Executive Directors and their immediate families. The overall level of benefits will depend
on the cost of providing individual items and the individual’s circumstances.
Discretion
The Committee considered that the Remuneration Policy operated as intended during the
year and no discretion was applied in relation to FY2024 remuneration outcomes.
Annual bonus (Audited)
The maximum bonus opportunities for FY2024 were 200% of salary for Jody Ford as CEO
and 150% of salary for Pete Wood as CFO. The annual bonus is based on the achievement
of Group financial targets weighted 75% and a set of specific and quantifiable strategic
objectives weighted 25%. Performance targets and actual outturn are set out below.
Financial element
Measure
Performance targets
Weighting
(% of total
bonus)
Threshold
1
Target
2
Stretch
3
Actual FY2024
achievement
Resulting
bonus
outcome
(% of total
bonus)
Group Net Sales
25%
£4,609m
£4,852m
£5,115m
£5,295m
25%
Group Revenue
25%
£345m
£363m
£384m
£397m
25%
Group Adjusted EBITDA
4
25%
£93m
£98m
£110m
£122m
25%
Total
75%
75% out of 75%
1. Achievement results in 0% of maximum payout.
2. Achievement results in 50% of maximum payout.
3. Achievement results in 100% of maximum payout.
4. See page 147 for the definition of Group Adjusted EBITDA.
Strategic element
Measure
Weighting
(% of total
bonus)
Key progress during FY2024
Actual
FY2024
achievement
Resulting bonus
outcome (% of
total bonus)
Enhance customer
experience & build
demand
20%
Increase in foreign travel active
customers and sales and share
gain in key focus EU markets and
aggregated routes
Target
9.0%
Purpose linked
5%
Recognition of Trainline
as a sustainable brand
increased, however workforce
engagement declined.
Threshold
0.7%
Total
25%
9.7% out of 25%
Trainline performed strongly in FY2024 with financial performance exceeding the stretch
range. Strategic measure performance was mixed with performance predominantly in
the threshold to target range and with one measure missing threshold. The Company
considers the individual strategic elements to be commercially sensitive. The resulting
bonus outcomes for FY2024 for the Executive Directors are set out below.
Annual bonus
outcome
(% of maximum)
Annual bonus
outcome
(% of salary)
Annual bonus
outcome
(‘000)
Jody Ford
84.7%
169.3%
£1,093
Pete Wood
84.7%
127.0%
£528
In line with the 2022 Remuneration Policy, 100% of salary will be paid in cash, and the
balance, being £447,454 (69.3% of salary) for Jody Ford and £112,310 (27.0% of salary) for
Pete Wood, will be paid in deferred bonus shares under the DSBP.
Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP’) awards to be granted in FY2025
(Audited)
DSBP awards in relation to the FY2024 annual bonus will be granted in FY2025. Half of the
DSBP awards will be subject to a one-year deferral period and the remaining half to a two-
year deferral period, both of which will be subject to continued service requirements.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
86
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Share awards vesting (Audited)
PSP awards granted 1 June 2021 to the CEO and CFO will vest on 7 May 2024.
The achievement against performance targets is set out in the table below.
Measures
Weighting
(% of total)
Performance targets
Actual FY2024
achievement
Resulting
outcome
(% of total)
Threshold
(16% vesting)
Target
(80% vesting)
Exceptional
(100% vesting)
Relative TSR vs
FTSE 250
1
50%
Median
Upper
quartile
Upper decile
Below
threshold
0%
EPS in FY2024
2
25%
6.0p
7.5p
9.4p
12.1p
25%
Group
Revenue in
FY2024
25%
£318m
£397m
£496m
£397m
20%
Total
100%
45% out of 100%
1. Excluding investment trusts.
2. EPS performance for the period 1 March 2023 to 29 February 2024.
No. of shares vesting
Estimate value of shares vesting
1
Jody Ford
220,711
£689,970
Pete Wood
34,546
£107,995
1. Calculated using the three-month average closing MMQ to 29 February 2024.
The Committee noted the ongoing share buyback when considering the vesting of the
PSP award but determined that no adjustment should apply taking into account the
overall materiality of the buyback and its impact on the vesting outcome.
In line with the 2022 Remuneration Policy, the vested shares for the CEO will be subject
to a two-year holding period. As the PSP award was granted to Pete Wood prior to his
promotion to CFO the two-year holding period does not apply however he is expected to
retain vesting shares to align with the shareholding guideline.
DSBP awards granted in relation to the FY2022 bonus vested 19 May 2023. Jody retained
all 66,621 vesting shares.
An RSP award over 24,215 shares granted to Pete Wood prior to his promotion to
CFO vested 2 October 2023. Pete sold 11,422 of the vesting shares to satisfy tax
and other associated costs and retained the remaining shares to align with the
shareholding guideline.
PSP share awards granted in FY2024 (Audited)
The Executive Directors were granted conditional share awards under the PSP as set out
in the table below:
Date of grant
Number of
shares
granted
Share
price
at grant
1
Face value
Award as %
of salary
2
Vesting date
Jody Ford
4 May 2023
938,708
£2.406
£2.26m
350%
7 May 2026
Pete Wood
4 May 2023
605,057
£2.406
£1.46m
350%
7 May 2026
1. Calculated using the average of the closing MMQ on the thirty days immediately preceding the grant.
2. The award comprises a core award of 250% of salary and a kicker award of 100% of salary.
Vesting of the awards will be subject to performance over the three-year period 1 March
2023 to 28 February 2026, with any shares vesting subject to a two-year post-vesting
holding period. A cap of 2.75 times the value of the FY2023 grant will be applied to the
PSP vest date value with any value over and above the cap to be forfeited. Dividend
equivalents will accrue in respect of the awards over the period from the date of grant to
the vesting date. The vesting of the award will be based on the following targets:
Measure
Weighting
Performance targets for core award
Performance targets for kicker award
Threshold
(20% vesting of
core award)
Core award max
(100% vesting of
core award)
Kicker award max
(100% vesting of kicker award)
Relative TSR vs
FTSE 250
1
50%
Median
Upper quartile
85th percentile
Cumulative EPS
2
25%
26.6p
33.2p
40.6p
Average annual
Revenue growth
25%
9%
11%
14%
1. Excluding investment trusts.
2. The EPS measure is cumulative basic EPS with the impact of share-based payments excluded.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
87
Annual report on remuneration
continued
DSBP share awards granted in FY2024 (Audited)
The Executive Directors were granted conditional share awards under the DSBP as set out
in the table below:
Date of grant
Number
of shares
granted
Share price
at grant
1
Face value
Award as %
of salary
2
Vesting date
3
Jody Ford
4 May 2023
175,966
£2.70
£0.48m
78.7%
20 May 2025
Pete Wood
4 May 2023
9,110
£2.70
£0.02m
29.9%
20 May 2025
1. The closing MMQ on the day of grant.
2. Calculated using FY2023 salary.
3. Half of the DSBP award vests one year after grant with the remaining half vesting two years after grant.
Relative importance of spend on pay
The table below shows the change in total employee pay alongside Revenue and Group
Adjusted EBITDA as these are two key measures of Group performance. No dividends
have occurred since Listing.
% change
FY2024
FY2023
Total employee pay
1
18%
£124m
£105m
Share buybacks
100%
£28m
£0
Revenue
21%
£397m
£327m
Group Adjusted EBITDA
2
42%
£122m
£86m
1. See Note 6 to the Financial Statements.
2. See page 147 for the definition of Group Adjusted EBITDA.
Payments for loss of office (Audited)
No payments for loss of office were made during the year under review (FY2023: none).
Payments to past Directors (Audited)
No payments were made to past Directors during the year under review (FY2023: none).
Total pay ratio
The table below discloses the ratio between the CEO’s total remuneration and that of the
25th, 50th and 75th percentile UK-based employee.
Financial year
Method
25th percentile pay ratio
50th percentile pay ratio
75th percentile pay ratio
FY2024
A
52.7:1
30.4:1
25.4:1
FY2023
A
38.0:1
22.8:1
17.4:1
FY2022
A
41.3:1
22.1:1
17.0:1
FY2021
A
14.4:1
8.4:1
6.3:1
FY2020
1
A
32.1:1
19.6:1
14.3:1
1. The figures for FY2020 are for the 10 months from Admission to the end of the financial year.
The 25th, 50th and 75th percentile employees were determined using calculation
methodology A which involved calculating the actual full-time equivalent remuneration
for all UK employees employed on 29 February 2024 for 1 March 2023 to 29 February
2024. From this analysis, three employees were then identified as representing the 25th,
50th and 75th percentile of the UK employee population. Trainline chose this method as it
is the preferred approach of the government and that of shareholders, and the Company
had the systems in place to undertake this method. For FY2024 the total pay and benefits
for the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile were £47k, £81k and £97k respectively and the base
salaries were £45k, £74k and £93k.
The Committee has considered the pay data for the three employees identified and
believes that they and the median pay ratio are consistent with and fairly reflect pay,
reward and progression for these percentiles amongst our UK workforce taken as a
whole. The three individuals identified were full-time employees during the year.
The total pay ratio is based on comparing the CEO’s pay to that of Trainline’s UK-based
workforce, the largest proportion of whom work in our Technology teams. The ratio for
the median employee increased from 22.8:1 in FY2023 to 30.4:1 in FY2024 primarily as a
result of share awards vesting for the first time for the CEO since his appointment. The
Committee expects that the ratios will continue to be largely driven by the CEO’s incentive
pay outcomes, which will likely lead to greater variability in pay than that observed
for employees at lower levels who, consistent with market practices, have a greater
proportion of their pay linked to fixed components. The Committee takes into account
these ratios when making decisions around the Executive Director pay packages. Trainline
takes seriously the need to ensure competitive pay packages across the organisation and
has continued to take steps during FY2024 to strengthen the competitiveness of pay for
the wider workforce.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
88
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Historical TSR performance and remuneration outcomes for the CEO
The table below illustrates CEO single figure of total remuneration over the period from
commencement of conditional dealing (21 June 2019) to 29 February 2024.
FY2024
Jody Ford
FY2023
Jody Ford
FY2022
Jody Ford
FY2021
Clare
Gilmartin
FY2020
1
Clare
Gilmartin
Single figure (‘000)
£2,463
£1,715
£1,568
£588
£920
Annual bonus outcome
(% of max)
84.7%
89.4%
83.4%
0%
57.6%
PSP vesting (% of max)
45%
0%
n/a
n/a
n/a
1. The figures for FY2020 are for the 10 months from Admission to the end of the financial year.
The graph below compares the Company’s TSR against the FTSE 250 Index excluding
investment trusts, of which the Company is a constituent. Performance, as required
by legislation, is measured by TSR over the period from commencement of conditional
dealing (21 June 2019) to 29 February 2024.
Advisers
Deloitte LLP (‘Deloitte’) has continued to advise the Committee during FY2024. Deloitte
was appointed by the Committee in FY2023 following a comprehensive tender process
of leading remuneration committee advisers. Deloitte also provide internal audit
co-source services to the Group. Deloitte attends Committee meetings, reports directly
to the Committee Chair, and is a signatory and adheres to the Code of Conduct for
Remuneration Consultants (which can be found at www.remunerationconsultantsgroup.
com). The Committee is satisfied that the advice provided by Deloitte is objective and
independent and there are no conflicts of interest. Deloitte was paid fees of £64,575 for
its services to the Committee during the year, excluding expenses and VAT, in accordance
with its letter of engagement. Fees are charged on a time and materials basis.
180
160
140
120
100
80
60
40
20
0
06/2019
Trainline
FTSE 250 Index
02/2020
02/2021
02/2022
02/2023
02/2024
08/2020
08/2021
08/2022
08/2023
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
89
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Implementation of the proposed Remuneration Policy in FY2025
Executive Director remuneration in FY2025
A summary of how the proposed Remuneration Policy will be applied to Executive
Director remuneration for FY2025 is set out below.
Base salary
The current Executive Director salaries are set out in the table below. The Committee
undertook a review of Executive Director salaries in FY2024 which determined that the
CEO would receive a 8.5% increase, broadly aligned to the 8.8% average increase awarded
to employees in the business who were rated as performing exceptionally during the
year and were eligible to receive a bonus. The CFO will receive a 4.5% increase, below the
5.1% average increase for the wider workforce. For further details of the Committee’s
considerations see page 73.
Executive Director
FY2025
FY2024
Jody Ford
£700,000
£645,397
Pete Wood
£434,720
£416,000
Pension and benefits
For FY2025, the CEO and the CFO will receive pension benefits by way of cash allowances
of 5.5% of salary respectively, in line with the proposed Remuneration Policy.
Annual bonus
The FY2025 annual bonus will be consistent with the proposed Remuneration Policy
with maximum opportunities of 250% and 200% of salary for the CEO and the CFO,
respectively. This will be based on the achievement of Group financial targets (weighted
75% of maximum) and specific and quantifiable strategic objectives (weighted 25% of
maximum). Financial measures are unchanged from prior year and include Group Net
Sales (25%), Group Revenue (25%) and Group Adjusted EBITDA (25%). Strategic measures
are focused on the international business, employee engagement and a sustainability-
linked measure.
Financial measures will include an additional stretch target over and above the normal
target range, i.e. for financial measures there will now be a four point performance
structure of entry (0% pay-out), target (50% pay-out), stretch (90% pay-out) and a new
maximum target (100% pay-out) requiring delivery of outperformance above the
stretch targets. Strategic measures will continue to have threshold, target and stretch
performance targets.
The Company considers the specific performance targets and strategic measures to be
commercially sensitive but intends to disclose them in the FY2025 Annual Report. The
Committee will ensure any payout of the FY2025 annual bonus is consistent with the
stakeholder experience over the period, taking into account perspectives of shareholders,
employees and customers.
Long-term incentive
In accordance with the Remuneration Policy, the CEO and the CFO will receive awards
under the PSP comprising an award of 300% and 250% of salary respectively.
The method for setting performance targets and relative weightings remains unchanged
with relative TSR continuing to be the highest weighted performance measure (50%) to
ensure that Executive Director remuneration aligns with shareholder experience. Revenue
and EPS measures equate to 25% of the award each with targets set with reference to
Board-approved budgets. The Committee sets the level of stretch within the targets
with reference to market expectation, shareholder expectations and the perceived level
of risk included within internal forecasts. Maximum payout can only be achieved with
performance above market expectations.
Revenue performance targets are lower than the FY2024 equivalent, reflecting both a
more mature UK Consumer business as well as the 50bps reduction to commission rate
which becomes effective 1 April 2025. This was previously announced as an output of the
Retail Review in March 2022, along with an offsetting removal of central industry costs
estimated to be 25bps.
Vesting will be based on several measures as summarised in the table below, with
performance measured over the three-year period 1 March 2024 to 28 February 2027.
The vesting of the awards will be based on the following targets:
Measure
Weighting
Performance targets
Threshold
(20% vesting)
Stretch
(80% vesting)
Maximum
(100% vesting)
Relative TSR vs FTSE 250
1
50%
Median
75th percentile
80th percentile
Average annual Revenue growth
25%
3%
5%
9%
Cumulative EPS
2
25%
39.9p
44.3p
55.9p
1. Excluding investment trusts.
2. The EPS measure is cumulative basic EPS with the impact of share-based payments excluded.
Dividend equivalents will accrue in respect of the awards over the period from the date of
grant to the vesting date.
External appointments
We recognise the opportunities and benefits to both the Company and to the Executive
Directors of them serving as Non-executive Directors of other companies. The Executive
Directors are permitted to hold one significant external appointment and are entitled
to retain the fees earned from such appointments. All Directors are required to seek
approval from the Board prior to accepting external appointments.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
90
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Percentage change in Directors’ and employees’ remuneration
The table below shows the percentage change in individual Directors’ salary, benefits and annual bonus compared
to the average percentage change for all employees of the Group for the same elements of remuneration. To
provide a more accurate percentage change the remuneration data for FY2020 to FY2021, which represents the
10-month reporting period following our Listing, has been pro-rated to a 12-month period.
Salary/fees (FY % change)
Benefits (FY % change)
Annual bonus (FY % change)
FY2024
FY2023
FY2022
FY2021
FY2024
FY2023
FY2022
FY2021
FY2024
FY2023
FY2022
FY2021
Executive Directors
Jody Ford
1
6.8%
4.9%
15%
n/a
6.6%
4%
12%
n/a
1.3%
13%
100%
n/a
Pete Wood
2
3.7%
n/a
n/a
n/a
0.8%
n/a
n/a
n/a
1.7%
n/a
n/a
n/a
Non-executive Directors
Andy Phillipps
3
0%
25%
0%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Brian McBride
0%
0%
6%
4
53%
4, 5
n/a
n/a
n/a
(100)%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Duncan Tatton-Brown
0%
13%
5%
4
(4)%
4
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Jennifer Duvalier
6
0%
21%
0%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Marie Lalleman
7
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Rakhi Goss-Custard
8
0%
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
Employees
13%
5%
8%
9
6%
10%
5%
26%
2%
(19)% 24%
9
100%
(100)%
1.
Joined the Board as COO on 21 September 2020 with a salary of £500,000 and became CEO on 1 March 2021 with a salary of £575,000.
2. Joined the Board as CFO on 16 December 2022.
3. Joined the Board on 1 January 2021.
4.
In recognition of the uncertainty generated by COVID-19 the Director voluntarily reduced their salary/fee from April 2020 to August 2020.
5.
Brian McBride’s fee as Chair of the Board did not change. The percentage change represents his revised fee following his change in role
from Deputy Chair and Senior Independent Non-executive Director to Chair of the Board on 4 November 2020.
6. Joined the Board on 1 October 2020.
7. Joined the Board on 17 January 2024.
8. Joined the Board on 30 June 2022.
9. Restated from prior year.
Non-executive Director fees in FY2025
Non-executive Director fees are determined by the Board
within the limit approved by shareholders in the Articles of
Association, with the exception of the Chair of the Board, whose
remuneration is determined by the Committee. No change to fee
is planned for FY2025.
Fee from 1 Mar
2024
Fee at 1 Mar
2023
Basic fee
Company Chair
£265,000
£265,000
Non-executive Director
£60,000
£60,000
Additional fees
Senior Independent Director
£10,000
£10,000
Audit and Risk Committee Chair
£15,000
£15,000
Remuneration Committee Chair
£15,000
£15,000
Committee membership
1
£5,000
£5,000
1. This fee is not in addition to the Committee Chair fee.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
91
Annual report on remuneration
continued
Statement of Directors’ shareholding and share interests (Audited)
The table below shows the beneficial interests of Directors on 29 February 2024 (including the beneficial interests of their spouses, civil partners, children and stepchildren) in the
ordinary shares of the Company, as well as unvested share awards. There have been no changes to the share interests of the continuing Directors between the year end and the date
of this report.
Director
Ordinary shares held
at 1 Mar 2023
Ordinary shares held
at 29 Feb 2024
Subject to continued
employment
Unvested and subject to
performance conditions
Shareholding
requirement as % of
salary
Current shareholding
as % of salary
1
Shareholding
requirement met?
Executive Directors
Jody Ford
105,354
171,975
242,588
2,506,397
200%
83%
No
Pete Wood
20,000
32,793
11,772
2
1,249,966
200%
24%
No
Non-executive Directors
Andy Phillipps
74,237
74,237
Brian McBride
93,254
93,254
Duncan Tatton-Brown
63,981
63,981
Jennifer Duvalier
4,587
4,587
Marie Lalleman
3
n/a
0
Rakhi Goss-Custard
0
8,798
1. Calculated using the £3.10 per share closing price on 29 February 2024 being the last market day of FY2024.
2. Includes SIP Free Share awards.
3. Joined the Board on 17 January 2024.
Approved by the Board on 3 May 2024.
Rakhi Goss-Custard
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
3 May 2024
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
92
Directors’ report
The Directors present their report, together with the audited Financial
Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024.
The Board has included certain requirements from the
Companies Act 2006 (the Act) within the Strategic Report,
in accordance with section 414C(11) of the Act, that
would otherwise be required within the Directors’ Report.
The Strategic Report (found on pages 1 to 56) together
with this Directors’ Report (pages 92 to 94), form the
management report for the purposes of the Financial
Conduct Authority’s (FCA) Disclosure Guidance and
Transparency Rule (DTR) 4.1.8R.
Compliance with the UK Corporate Governance
Code 2018
This Annual Report has been prepared with reference to
the UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 published by
the UK Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) in July 2018 (the
‘Governance Code’). During the year the Company applied
the principles and complied with the relevant provisions
set out in the Governance Code. Details demonstrating
how the principles and relevant provisions of the
Governance Code have been applied can be found below
in the Directors’ Report and throughout the Corporate
Governance Report, each of the Board Committee reports
and the Strategic Report. The Corporate Governance
Report, each of the Board Committee reports and
the Strategic Report for their Corporate Governance
disclosures all form part of the Directors’ Report.
The Financial Reporting Council (‘FRC’) is responsible for
the publication and periodic review of the Governance
Code, which can be found on the FRC website:
www.frc.org.uk.
Events after the balance sheet date
There have been no balance sheet events since the end
of FY2024.
Insurance and indemnities
The Company maintained Directors’ and Officers’ Liability
Insurance cover throughout the period. The Directors
are also able to obtain independent legal advice at the
expense of the Company, as necessary, in their capacity
as Directors. The Company has entered into a deed
of indemnity in favour of each Board member. These
deeds of indemnity are still in force and provide that
the Company shall indemnify the Directors to the fullest
extent permitted by law and the Articles, in respect of all
losses arising out of, or in connection with, the execution
of their powers, duties and responsibilities as Directors of
the Company or any of its subsidiaries. This is in line with
current market practice and helps us attract and retain
high-quality, skilled Directors.
Subsidiaries and branches
The Company is the holding company for a group of
subsidiaries (the ‘Group’), whose principal activities are
described in this Annual Report. The Group’s subsidiaries
and their locations are set out in Note 22 to the Financial
Statements. There were no branches of the Company or its
subsidiaries in operation during the financial year.
Disclosure of information to auditors
The Directors who held office at the date of approval of
this Annual Report confirm that, so far as they are each
aware, there is no relevant audit information of which
the Company’s External Auditor is unaware; and each
Director has taken all the steps that he or she ought to
have taken as a Director to make himself or herself aware
of any relevant audit information and to establish that the
Company’s External Auditor is aware of that information.
Diversity and inclusion
Our diversity and inclusion policies support managers
and employees in creating a diverse and inclusive culture
where everyone is welcome. Our policies demonstrate
our commitment to providing equal opportunities to all
employees, irrespective of age, disability, gender, marriage
and civil partnership, pregnancy or maternity, race,
religion or belief, sex or sexual orientation.
Trainline provides equal opportunities to all job
applicants and provides full and fair consideration of
applications from people with disabilities, having regard
to their particular aptitudes and abilities. We assess
each candidate based on their individual skills and
qualifications, while also considering the accommodations
that we can reasonably provide to support their success
in the role. For current employees who become disabled,
we make every effort to provide the necessary training
and support to enable them to continue their employment
with us. Our commitment to equal treatment extends
to training, career development, and promotion
opportunities, which are offered on an equal basis as far
as possible to both disabled and non-disabled people.
Articles of Association and powers of
the Directors
The Company’s Articles of Association contain the rules
relating to the powers of the Company’s Directors, their
appointment and replacement. The Company’s Articles of
Association may only be amended by special resolution
at a general meeting of the shareholders. Subject to the
Company’s Articles of Association, the Companies Act and
any directions given by special resolution, the business of
the Company will be managed by the Board, which may
exercise all the powers of the Company, whether relating
to the management of the business of the Company
or not.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
93
Directors’ report
continued
Capital Allocation Policy
Trainline’s primary use of capital is to invest behind its
strategic priorities to drive organic growth and deliver
attractive and sustainable rates of return. The Group may
supplement that with inorganic investment, should it
help accelerate delivery of the Group’s strategic growth
priorities. Trainline will also continue to manage debt
leverage, including retaining a prudent and appropriate
level of liquidity headroom should unforeseen
circumstances arise. Any surplus capital thereafter may
be returned to shareholders, including through the
repurchase of Trainline’s shares.
Share capital
Details of the Company’s issued share capital, including
changes during the period, are given in Note 17 to the
Financial Statements. There are no restrictions on voting
rights or the transfer of shares in the Company, and the
Company is not aware of agreements between holders of
securities that result in such restrictions. No shareholder
holds securities carrying special rights with regards to
control of the Company.
At the 2023 AGM, shareholders authorised the Directors to
allot ordinary shares up to an aggregate nominal amount
of £1,602,268 in the capital of the Company. Directors will
again seek authority from shareholders at the forthcoming
2024 AGM to allot ordinary shares.
Shares held by the Company’s Employee Benefit Trust
(the ‘Trust’) rank pari passu with the shares in issue
and have no special rights. Voting rights and rights of
acceptance of any offer relating to the shares held in the
Trust rest with the trustees, who may take account of any
recommendation from the Company.
Reduction of share premium
The cancellation of the amount standing to the credit
of the Company’s share premium account in full was
approved by shareholders at the 21 November 2023
General Meeting and was formally approved by the High
Court of Justice on 19 December 2023. The cancellation
created additional distributable reserves of £1,199m.
Purchase of own shares
The Company was authorised by shareholders at the
2023 AGM to purchase its own shares in the market
up to a maximum of 10% of its issued share capital.
This authority will expire at the conclusion of the 2024
AGM. The Company will seek to renew the authority
at the forthcoming 2024 AGM, within the limits set
out in the notice of that meeting, and in line with the
recommendations of the Pre-emption Group.
The Company commenced a share buyback programme
on 14 September 2023. A total of 9.7m shares with a
nominal value of £97k (FY2023: nil shares) were purchased
in the financial year ending 29 February 2024, being
2.0% of the shares in issue at the time the authority was
granted. The average price paid per share was £2.87 with
a total consideration paid (excluding all costs) of £27.7m.
All ordinary shares purchased under the programme were
cancelled. No shares were held in treasury during the year.
Substantial shareholdings
The Company has been notified under Rule 5 of the
Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules of the
following interests in voting rights in its shares. Interests
disclosed to the Company that have occurred since the
date of this report can be found on the Group’s Investor
Relations website or via the Regulatory News Service.
% of total voting
rights as at 29 Feb
2024
% of total voting
rights as at the
signing date of
this report
Invesco Ltd
10.00%
10.00%
Baillie Gifford
9.94%
9.94%
The Capital Group
Companies, Inc
9.54%
9.54%
FIL Limited
5.44%
5.44%
Blackrock Inc
5.00%
Significant agreements
Convertible Bonds due 2026 listed on the unregulated
open market of the Frankfurt Stock Exchange
(‘Freiverkehr’)
The Company issued £150 million of senior unsecured
Convertible Bonds due 2026 (the ‘Bonds’) on 7 January
2021. The net proceeds of the Bonds are used to provide
liquidity and flexibility to invest in possible future growth
opportunities. The Bonds were issued at par and carry
a coupon of 1.0% per annum payable semi-annually in
arrears in equal instalments on 14 January and 14 July
in each year, with the first interest payment date being
14 July 2021. The Bonds will be convertible into ordinary
shares of the Issuer (the ‘Ordinary Shares’). The initial
conversion price shall be £6.6671, representing a premium
of 50% above the reference share price of £4.4447,
being the volume weighted average price (the ‘VWAP’)
of an Ordinary Share on the London Stock Exchange on
7 January 2021. The conversion price will be subject to
adjustment in certain circumstances in line with market
practice. Unless previously redeemed, or purchased and
cancelled, the Bonds will be convertible at the option of
the bondholders on any day during the conversion period.
The Company has the option to redeem all, but not some
only, of the Bonds on or after 4 February 2024, at par
plus accrued interest, if the parity value (as described in
the Terms and Conditions relating to the Bonds) on each
of at least 20 dealing days in a period of 30 consecutive
dealing days exceeds £130,000 (130%). The Company
also has the option to redeem all outstanding Bonds,
at par plus accrued interest, at any time if 85% or more
of the principal amount of the Bonds shall have been
previously converted or repurchased and cancelled.
£82.7 million in aggregate principal amount of the Bonds
remains outstanding.
Following a change of control of the Company, the holder
of each of the Bonds will have the right to require the
Company to redeem that Bond at its principal amount,
together with the accrued and unpaid interest, or the
bondholders may exercise their conversion right using the
formula as described in the Terms and Conditions relating
to the Bonds.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
94
Political and charitable donations
The Group did not make any political donations (FY2023:
£nil) or incur any political expenditure during the year
(FY2023: £nil). During the year, the Company made
charitable donations totalling £16,554 (FY2023: £46,476)
in addition to charitable donations via matched funding
under the reporting threshold to support the charitable
fundraising efforts of our People.
Going concern
The UK Corporate Governance Code 2018 requires the
Board to assess and report on the prospects of the Group
and whether the business is a going concern. In considering
this requirement, the Directors have taken into account the
Group’s forecast cash flows, liquidity, borrowing facilities
and related covenant requirements including the next
covenant tests on 31 August 2024 and 28 February 2025,
and the expected operational activities of the Group. Having
due regard to these matters and after making appropriate
enquiries, the Directors have a reasonable expectation
that the Group and the Company have adequate resources
to remain in operation until at least 12 months after the
approval of these Financial Statements. The Board has
therefore continued to adopt the going concern basis in
preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements. Further
details are set out in Note 1 to the Financial Statements.
Tax transparency
Trainline is committed to being a responsible taxpayer
acting in a transparent manner. Our detailed tax strategy,
which can be found at investors.thetrainline.com provides
further information on our approach to risk management
and governance.
The Directors’ Report, which has been prepared in
accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act
2006, has been approved by the Board and signed on its
behalf by:
Martin McIntyre
Company Secretary
3 May 2024
Information relevant to the Director’s Report reference table
Information
Page
Directors of the Company during the financial year
61 to 62
Financial instruments and financial risk management
141 to 143
Likely future developments
3 to 40
Research and development
20 to 25
Engagement with employees
55
Engagement with suppliers, customers and others in a business relationship with the Company
53 to 55
Details of long-term incentive schemes
76 to 89
Engagement with other stakeholders
53 to 55
Directors’ interests in shares
91
Statement of capitalised interest
119 to 120
Sustainability, TCFD, energy and greenhouse gas reporting
18 to 19, 46 to 52
Directors’ report
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
95
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
in respect of the Annual Report and the
Financial Statements
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual
Report and Accounts and the Financial Statements in
accordance with applicable law and regulation.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare Group and
Parent Company Financial Statements for each financial
year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the
Group Financial Statements in accordance with UK-
adopted International Accounting Standards and the
Parent Company Financial Statements in accordance with
United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice
(United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS
101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’, and applicable law).
Under company law, directors must not approve the
financial statements unless they are satisfied that they give
a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and
Parent Company and of the profit or loss of the Group and
Parent Company for that period. In preparing the Group
and Parent Company Financial Statements, the Directors
are required to:
select suitable accounting policies and then apply
them consistently;
state whether applicable UK-adopted International
Accounting Standards have been followed for the
Group financial statements and United Kingdom
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, have been
followed for the Parent Company financial statements,
subject to any material departures disclosed and
explained in the financial statements;
make judgements and accounting estimates that are
reasonable and prudent; and
prepare the financial statements on the going concern
basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the
Group and Parent Company will continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets
of the Group and Parent Company and hence for taking
reasonable steps for the prevention and detection of fraud
and other irregularities.
The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate
accounting records that are sufficient to show and
explain the Group’s and Parent Company’s transactions
and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any time the
financial position of the Group and Parent Company and
enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements
and the Directors’ Remuneration Report comply with the
Companies Act 2006.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance
and integrity of the Company’s website. Legislation in
the United Kingdom governing the preparation and
dissemination of financial statements may differ from
legislation in other jurisdictions.
Directors’ confirmations
Each of the Directors, whose names and functions are
listed in Annual Report and Accounts confirm that, to the
best of their knowledge:
the Group Financial Statements, which have been
prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International
Accounting Standards, give a true and fair view of
the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit of
the Group;
the Parent Company Financial Statements, which have
been prepared in accordance with United Kingdom
Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, give a
true and fair view of the assets, liabilities and financial
position of the Company; and
the Strategic Report includes a fair review of the
development and performance of the business and
the position of the Group and Parent Company,
together with a description of the principal risks and
uncertainties that it faces.
Peter Wood
Chief Financial Officer
3 May 2024
Connecting
96
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
Contents
97
Independent auditors’ report
110
Consolidated income statement
110
Consolidated statement of
comprehensive income
111
Consolidated balance sheet
112
Consolidated statement of
changes in equity
113
Consolidated statement of
cash flow
114
Notes to the Group Financial
Statements
147 Alternative performance
measures
149
Parent Company balance sheet
150
Parent Company statement of
changes in equity
151
Notes to the Parent Company
Financial Statements
97
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
Independent auditors’ report to the members of Trainline plc
Report on the audit of the Financial Statements
Opinion
In our opinion:
Trainline plc’s Group Financial Statements and Parent Company Financial
Statements (the “Financial Statements”) give a true and fair view of the state of the
Group’s and of the Parent Company’s affairs as at 29 February 2024 and of the
Group’s profit and the Group’s cash flows for the year then ended;
the Group Financial Statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-
adopted international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the
provisions of the Companies Act 2006;
the Parent Company Financial Statements have been properly prepared in
accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (United
Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 “Reduced Disclosure
Framework”, and applicable law); and
the Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of
the Companies Act 2006.
Our opinion is consistent with our reporting to the Audit and Risk Committee.
We have audited the Financial Statements, included within the Annual Report & Accounts
2024 (the “Annual Report”), which comprise:
Consolidated and Parent Company balance sheet as at 29 February 2024;
Consolidated income statement,
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income,
Consolidated and Parent Company statement of changes in equity,
Consolidated statement of cash flow for the year then ended; and
the Notes to the Financial Statements,
comprising material accounting policy
information and other explanatory information.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (“ISAs
(UK)”) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under ISAs (UK) are further described in the
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We
believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a
basis for our opinion.
Independence and appointment
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are
relevant to our audit of the Financial Statements in the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical
Standard, as applicable to listed public interest entities, and we have fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, we declare that non-audit services prohibited by
the FRC’s Ethical Standard were not provided.
Other than those disclosed in the Report of the Audit and Risk Committee, we have
provided no non-audit services to the Parent Company or its controlled undertakings in the
period under audit.
Following the recommendation of the Audit and Risk Committee, we were appointed by the
members on 8 September 2021 to audit the Financial Statements for the year ended 28
February 2022 and subsequent financial periods. The period of total uninterrupted
engagement is three years, covering the years ended 28 February 2022 to 29 February
2024.
Timeline of engagement
A
ppointed
8 Sept
2021
28 Feb
2022
29 Feb
2024
Period of total uninterrupted engagement (years)
First
year-end
Current
year-end
28 Feb
2023
1
2
3
98
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
continued
Our audit approach
The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the Financial Statements.
Key audit matters
Recoverability of international consumer goodwill (Group)
Year on year:
Consistent
Inappropriate capitalisation of intangibles (Group)
Year on year:
Consistent
Recoverability of investments in subsidiary undertakings
(Parent Company)
Year on year:
Consistent
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the Financial Statements of the current period and include the most
significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the
allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in
the context of our audit of the Financial Statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
Recoverability of international consumer goodwill (Group)
Background:
The relevant disclosures have been made in note 10 of the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
The Group holds a significant amount of international goodwill (£67.3m) on the balance sheet.
This goodwill primarily arose from the acquisition of Capitaine Train SAS (now Trainline SAS),
with a small contribution from the acquisition of Trainline.com. The carrying value of
international goodwill is dependent on the overall valuation of the international consumer
businesses, based on forecast discounted cash flows to determine a value in use. This
business is in a growth phase incurring losses as it establishes itself in the market.
In accordance with IAS 36 - Impairment of assets, management performs an annual
impairment assessment to determine whether an impairment of the carrying value of
international goodwill is required. In the current year this assessment has been performed
which has concluded that no impairment is required.
The impairment assessment includes the following estimates:
The 3 year Board approved forecast cash flows extrapolated for a further 2 years including
the estimated growth rates for Net Ticket Sales (‘NTS’), Revenue and EBITDA;
The growth rate to extrapolate forecasts beyond the 5 year forecast; and
Procedures performed:
Management has performed the impairment assessment at a cash generating unit (CGU)
level, with the international consumer businesses being treated as a separate CGU. We have
obtained an understanding of the goodwill impairment assessment process and evaluated the
design and implementation of management’s controls. We did not note any significant
deficiency in the internal controls assessed, however determined not to rely on these controls
as part of our audit response.
We critically challenged the assumptions made by management and sought to obtain evidence
which contradicts or corroborates these. We have applied professional scepticism throughout
and considered whether there is evidence of management bias applied to the assumptions.
We have performed the following procedures over the value in use model which supports the
impairment assessment:
We evaluated management’s future cash flow forecasts by obtaining the model prepared by
management and:
Tested the mathematical accuracy and integrity of the model;
Agreed the amounts used in the model to the Board approved forecasts;
99
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
continued
The discount rate applied to the future cash flows.
These matters are complex and involve a high degree of estimation which means future
performance of the business could vary significantly.
Accordingly, our audit devoted significant resources to assessing the validity of the model used
by the directors and obtaining evidence to inform our view on the reasonableness of the
assumptions and disclosures that the directors have made.
Assessed the reliability of cash flow forecasts by comparing past performance to previous
forecasts;
Identified key assumptions and inputs within the model, which mainly comprise of the
following:
o
Annual growth in NTS and Revenue: We compared management’s assumptions to
industry benchmarks including current market share data and implicit forecast market
share data based on internally forecast growth projections.
o
Gross margin forecast: We compared this assumption to historical margins and
understood the reason for any significant differences.
o
EBITDA forecast: We considered forecast costs that have a significant impact on
EBITDA, principally marketing expenses, and compared management’s assumptions
to historical trends.
o
Long term growth rate: Our expert reviewed the rate used to ensure that it was within
our expected range.
o
Discount rates: Our expert reviewed the discount rates to assess whether
management’s rates were within our expected range. The discount rate used fell
outside of our expected range, however we were able to conclude, through performing
sensitivity analysis, that this did not result in risk of impairment.
In addition to these specific procedures, we have also performed a stand back assessment to
determine whether our conclusions are appropriate. The stand back assessment included the
below:
Evaluated the sensitivity of the outcomes to reasonably possible changes to the key
assumptions. This included assessment of whether the Group’s disclosures about the
sensitivity of the outcomes were reflective of the risks and uncertainties surrounding the
valuation of international goodwill.
Considered events subsequent to the year-end date to identify any factors the Group had
not considered which indicated that an impairment trigger existed at the year-end that
would require an updated impairment assessment.
Observations
Based on the results of the procedures described above, we concur with the directors' assessment that no impairment is required. We have assessed the related disclosures in the
Consolidated Financial Statements, including significant estimates and the sensitivities provided, and consider them to be materially appropriate.
Specialists
and experts
Benchmarking
100
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
continued
Inappropriate capitalisation of intangibles (Group)
Background:
The relevant disclosures have been made in note 10 of the Consolidated Financial
Statements.
The Group has significant capital expenditure on intangibles (FY24: £37.5m, FY23: £32.2m),
which gives rise to a risk that the costs are inappropriately capitalised. The vast majority of the
expenditure in the year was on software development, most of which comprises internal spend
on employees through payroll and payroll-related costs.
The risk arises due to the magnitude of costs capitalised and the judgement required in
determining whether internal employee costs meet the requirements of IAS 38 for
capitalisation. Further, there could be considered an incentive to capitalise costs which do not
meet the criteria of IAS 38 - Intangible Assets, by posting fraudulent manual journal entries, in
order to improve adjusted EBITDA, being a key performance indicator for the business.
Procedures performed:
We have performed the following procedures to gain sufficient appropriate evidence over
capitalisation of intangible software additions:
We have obtained an understanding of the capitalisation of intangibles process and
evaluated the design and implementation of management’s controls. We did not note any
significant deficiency in the internal controls assessed, however we determined not to rely
on these controls as part of our audit response.
Performed testing over additions through to underlying evidence to ensure that the amount
capitalised accurately reflects a cost incurred by the business and meets the capitalisation
criteria of IAS 38. This included discussions with the Group developers to understand the
nature of the assets being capitalised.
Understood the expected transaction flow for capitalised additions and performed journals
testing for transactions that do not follow this expected flow.
Discussions with
developers
Observations
Based on the results of the procedures described above we did not find any material exceptions. We have assessed the related disclosures in the Consolidated Financial Statements and
consider them to be materially appropriate.
Recoverability of investments in subsidiary undertakings (Parent Company)
Background:
The relevant disclosures have been made in note 3 of the Parent Company
Financial
Statements.
The Parent Company holds a significant investment in its subsidiary undertaking (£1,892m). In
accordance with FRS 101, this asset is subject to impairment testing when a triggering event
or change in circumstances indicates that the carrying value may not be recoverable.
The carrying value of the investment is dependent on the overall valuation of the Group,
based on the higher of the forecast discounted cash flows from the subsidiary companies to
which the investment relates, or the fair value of the Group less the costs of disposal.
As at 29 February 2024, the carrying value of the investment was higher than the market
capitalisation of the Group, and as such management considered this to be a triggering event
therefore requiring an impairment review. Management determined the fair value less costs of
Procedures performed:
We have performed the following procedures to assess the recoverability of the investment in
the subsidiary undertaking:
We have obtained an understanding of the im
pairment assessment process and evaluated the
design and implementation of management’s controls. We did not note any significant
deficiency in the internal controls assessed, however we determined not to rely on these
controls as part of our audit response.
We evaluated management’s assessment of whether any indication of impairment existed,
and confirmed that there was an impairment indicator by comparing the carrying value of the
investment in the subsidiary undertaking to the market capitalisation of the Group as at 29
February 2024.
101
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
continued
disposal basis to be higher than the value in use and hence compared this to the carrying
value of the investment. No impairment charge has been recorded against the Parent
Company’s investment in subsidiary undertakings in the current year.
In order to assess whether an impairment was required, we have tested management’s
calculation of the fair value less costs of disposal of the investment by performing the following
procedures:
1)
Evaluated the appropriateness of management’s assumptions and methodologies used
in determining the fair value less costs of disposal as the recoverable amount, including
comparisons against external market data and industry benchmarks. In addition, we
reviewed an external valuation of the Company that has been prepared by a third party
for management and Board of directors.
2)
Assessed changes to the share price during the year and subsequent to the year-end
date.
3)
Evaluated the sensitivity of the principal assumption related to the control premium to
assess whether reasonable change would give rise to different conclusions.
4)
Reviewed the disclosures made within the accounts in relation to the impairment review
undertaken in comparison to the requirements of FRS 101.
In addition to these specific procedures, we also performed the following stand back
assessments to determine whether the conclusion of our findings was appropriate:
1)
Reviewed management's value in use model (which has also been used for assessing
the recoverability of goodwill) to ensure that the model results are consistent with the
work performed over fair value less costs of disposal.
2)
Considered events during the year and subsequent to the year-end date to identify any
other factors that might indicate an increased risk of impairment in Trainline Plc's
investment.
Observations
Based on the results of the procedures described above, we concur with the directors' assessment that no impairment is required. We have assessed the related disclosures in the Parent
Company Financial Statements and consider them to be materially appropriate.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give
an opinion on the Financial Statements as a whole, taking into account the structure of the
Group and the Parent Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in
which they operate.
The Group’s accounting process is structured around a Group finance function located across
London and Edinburgh, who maintain accounting records and controls for the majority of the
Group, and a local finance function at the Group's reporting unit in France.
In establishing the overall Group audit strategy and plan, we determined whether for each
legal entity within the Group we required an audit of its complete financial information (‘full
scope audit’), or whether specific audit procedures to address a certain risk characteristic or
Benchmarking
102
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
continued
financial statement line item would be sufficient. The main trading entity of the Group,
Trainline.com Limited, is the only entity that is considered to be individually financially
significant and therefore the only reporting unit where a full scope audit was required. In
addition, we determined that specific audit procedures over certain account balances were
required in a further two legal entities to address specific risk characteristics and provide
sufficient overall Group coverage. In addition to procedures performed on specific reporting
entities, work was performed over the consolidation, including consolidation entries relating to
equity and goodwill, and over financial statement disclosures. We engaged with a component
auditor in the PwC global network to audit payroll balances within the Trainline SAS
component.
We used data audit testing, where possible to obtain more audit evidence than would
have been obtained from sample based substantive testing. We are able to use these
techniques as part of our audit of commission fee income from UK rail ticket sales,
certain elements of international commissions and to select journal entries for testing.
The Group team also performed audit procedures over the Company's financial position and
results.
In addition, the Group audit team performed analytical review procedures over the remaining,
untested, components within the Group. This included an analysis of year-on-year
movements, at a level of disaggregation to enable a focus on higher risk balances and unusual
movements. Those not subject to analytical review procedures were individually, and in
aggregate, immaterial. This gave us the evidence we needed for our opinion on the Financial
Statements as a whole.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to
determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of
misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the Financial Statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the Financial Statements as a whole as follows:
Group
Parent Company
Overall
materiality
£3.96m
FY23
£2.4m
£18.90m
FY23
£18.9m
How we
determined it
1%
of Total Revenues of FY24
1%
of total assets
Rationale for
benchmark applied
Based on the benchmarks used in the Annual Report, revenue is one
of the financial statement line items of key focus for investors and
management. We have used revenue as a benchmark for materiality,
which is consistent with the prior year, reflecting inconsistent levels of
profitability due to the impacts of the covid-19 pandemic and high
growth. By adopting this approach we have applied a level of
materiality that is appropriate to the underlying nature of the business.
We believe that total assets is the primary measure used by the
shareholders in assessing the performance and position of the entity and
reflects the Company's principal activity as a holding Company.
In aggregate, our audit
procedures covered:
of Group revenue
of Group profit before tax
of Group total assets
100%
97%
87%
France
Audit of
Payroll
Balances
UK
Full scope audit of
Trainline.com Limited
Specific audit
procedures in one other
legal entity
103
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
continued
Performance
materiality
£2.97m
FY23
£1.8m
£14.18m
FY23
£14.2m
How we
determined it
75%
of overall materiality
75%
of overall materiality
Level above which
we report to the
Audit and Risk
Committee
£198,000
FY23
£122,680
£945,000
FY23
£948,000
We agreed we would also report misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted reporting for qualitative reasons.
Range of
materiality across
components
£3.4m
£3.7m
For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality.
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically,
we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in
determining sample sizes.
In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors - the history of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation risk and the effectiveness of controls - and
concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.
The impact of climate risk on our audit
In considering the impact of climate risk on our audit, we:
Made enquiries of management to understand the extent of the potential impact of
climate risk on the Group’s Financial Statements; and
Remained alert when performing our audit procedures for any indicators of
the impact of climate risk. For example, we challenged management on the
impact of any climate related risks when performing our procedures over the
Group and CGU cash flow forecasts, ultimately concurring with management
that this is not a material risk.
Our procedures did not identify any material impact of climate risk on the Group’s and Company’s Financial Statements.
104
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
continued
Our ability to detect irregularities, including fraud, and our response
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations.
We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, outlined below, to detect material
misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our
procedures are capable of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.
Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of
non-compliance with laws and regulations related to legal and governance requirements of
Trainline operating as a publicly listed Company, and we considered the extent to which non-
compliance might have a material effect on the Financial Statements. We also considered those
laws and regulations that have a direct impact on the Financial Statements such as the
Companies Act 2006, UK tax legislation as applicable to the Group and specific rail industry
licence regulations. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent
manipulation of the Financial Statements (including the risk of override of controls), and
determined that the principal risks were related to manipulation of the Financial Statements to
overstate revenue through the posting of inappropriate journal entries, or EBITDA through
manipulating expense classification or inappropriately capitalising costs to intangibles. The
Group engagement team shared this risk assessment with the component auditors so that they
could include appropriate audit procedures in response to such risks in their work.
Audit procedures performed by the Group engagement team and/or component auditors
included:
Identifying and testing of journal entries based on our risk assessment criteria, in
particular any journals with unusual account combinations which inflate revenue
or EBITDA;
Evaluating the design and implementation of controls over journal entries;
Reviewing Board minutes throughout the financial year and post year end to
identify any unusual items such as suspicious activity, non-compliance, breaches
of laws or potential litigation;
Review of Financial Statements disclosures for compliance with Companies Act
2006;
Assessing compliance with the tax legislation through our audit work over the
payroll, VAT and corporation tax;
Performing enquiries of the Directors, management and legal counsel and
inspection of regulatory and legal correspondence;
Incorporating unpredictability into our audit plan;
Performing testing over the intangible asset additions in the period to ensure that
there is no evidence of inappropriately capitalised costs; and
Challenging assumptions made by management in determining significant
accounting estimates and judgements. This has included testing significant
accounting estimates and judgements to supporting documentation, considering
alternative information where available.
There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to
become aware of instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations that are not closely
related to events and transactions reflected in the Financial Statements. Also, the risk of not
detecting a material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one
resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment by, for example, forgery or
intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.
Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and
balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. However, it typically involves selecting a
limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often
seek to target particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other
cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion about the population
from which the sample is selected.
105
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
continued
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the directors’ assessment of the Group's and the Parent Company’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of accounting included:
Obtaining from management their assessment which supports the Board’s
conclusions with respect to going concern basis of preparation of the Financial
Statements;
Testing the mathematical integrity of the cash flow forecasts and the models and
reconciling these to the Board approved budgets;
Identifying the key assumptions applied in the base case scenario, which comprises
growth in Net ticket sales and the associated Revenue and Cost of sales growth.
We evaluated these key assumptions by:
Comparing management’s assumptions to external factors including market
trends, Trainline's market share and pre-Covid-19 levels of performance.
Comparing gross margin forecasts to historical margins.
Identifying and assessing management's alternate downside scenarios, and
considering whether these were appropriately severe but plausible scenarios,
particularly in the light of the uncertainty surrounding the UK rail reform and
current macroeconomic pressures.
Considering the availability of additional mitigating actions, in particular
assessing the reasonableness of potential mitigating actions based on historical
execution and feasibility.
Examining the debt agreements in place to understand the terms and
conditions of these borrowings, including associated covenants so as to
ensure these were appropriately considered in management’s going concern
assessment;
Confirming current borrowings to third party evidence as at 29 February 2024
and considered the Group’s available financing and maturity profile;
Assessing the completeness of the going concern disclosures in the Annual
Report and Accounts 2024; and
Assessing the reliability of the cash flow forecasts by comparing actual
performance to forecasts, specifically performing look back testing over the
results of FY22, FY23 and FY24.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties
relating to events or conditions that, individually or collectively, may cast significant doubt on
the Group's and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of
at least twelve months from when the Financial Statements are authorised for issue.
In auditing the Financial Statements, we have concluded that the directors’ use of the going
concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the Financial Statements is appropriate.
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a
guarantee as to the Group's and the Parent Company's ability to continue as a going concern.
In relation to the directors’ reporting on how they have applied the UK Corporate Governance
Code, we have nothing material to add or draw attention to in relation to the directors’
statement in the Financial Statements about whether the directors considered it appropriate
to adopt the going concern basis of accounting.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the directors with respect to going concern are
described in the relevant sections of this report.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
106
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
continued
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the
Financial Statements and our auditors’ report thereon. The directors are responsible for the
other information. Our opinion on the Financial Statements does not cover the other
information and, accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent
otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.
In connection with our audit of the Financial Statements, our responsibility is to read the other
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent
with the Financial Statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material
misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to conclude whether there is a material
misstatement of the Financial Statements or a material misstatement of the other information.
If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of
this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report based on
these responsibilities.
With respect to the Strategic report and Directors’ report, we also considered whether the
disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 have been included.
Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us
also to report certain opinions and matters as described below.
Strategic report and Directors' report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given
in the Strategic report and Directors’ report for the year ended 29 February 2024 is consistent
with the Financial Statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal
requirements.
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and their
environment obtained in the course of the audit, we did not identify any material misstatements
in the Strategic report and Directors’ report.
Directors' remuneration
In our opinion, the part of the Directors’ remuneration report to be audited has been properly
prepared in accordance with the Companies Act 2006.
107
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
continued
In addition, based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each
of the following elements of the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with
the Financial Statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit:
The directors’ statement that they consider the Annual Report, taken as a whole, is fair,
balanced and understandable, and provides the information necessary for the members to
assess the Group’s and Parent Company's position, performance, business model and
strategy;
The section of the Annual Report that describes the review of effectiveness of risk
management and internal control systems; and
The section of the Annual Report describing the work of the Audit and Risk Committee.
We have nothing to report in respect of our responsibility to report when the directors’
statement relating to the Parent Company’s compliance with the Code does not properly
disclose a departure from a relevant provision of the Code specified under the Listing Rules
for review by the auditors.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Corporate governance statement
The Listing Rules require us to review the directors’ statements in relation to going concern,
longer-term viability and that part of the corporate governance statement relating to the
Parent Company’s compliance with the provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code
specified for our review. Our additional responsibilities with respect to the corporate
governance statement as other information are described in the Reporting on other
information section of this report.
Based on the work undertaken as part of our audit, we have concluded that each of the
following elements of the corporate governance statement is materially consistent with the
Financial Statements and our knowledge obtained during the audit, and we have nothing
material to add or draw attention to in relation to:
The directors’ confirmation that they have carried out a robust assessment of the emerging
and principal risks;
The disclosures in the Annual Report that describe those principal risks, what procedures
are in place to identify emerging risks and an explanation of how these are being
managed or mitigated;
The directors’ statement in the Financial Statements about whether they considered it
appropriate to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing them, and their
identification of any material uncertainties to the Group’s and Parent Company’s ability to
continue to do so over a period of at least twelve months from the date of approval of the
Financial Statements;
The directors’ explanation as to their assessment of the Group's and Parent Company’s
prospects, the period this assessment covers and why the period is appropriate; and
The directors’ statement as to whether they have a reasonable expectation that the Parent
Company will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over
the period of its assessment, including any related disclosures drawing attention to any
necessary qualifications or assumptions.
Our review of the directors’ statement regarding the longer-term viability of the Group and
Parent Company was substantially less in scope than an audit and only consisted of making
inquiries and considering the directors’ process supporting their statement; checking that the
statement is in alignment with the relevant provisions of the UK Corporate Governance Code;
and considering whether the statement is consistent with the Financial Statements and our
knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and their environment
obtained in the course of the audit.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
108
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
continued
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Responsibilities for the Financial Statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the directors for the Financial Statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors' responsibilities, the directors are
responsible for the preparation of the Financial Statements in accordance with the applicable
framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The directors are also
responsible for such internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation
of Financial Statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or
error.
In preparing the Financial Statements, the directors are responsible for assessing the Group’s
and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable,
matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the
directors either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations,
or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Financial Statements
as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an
auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always
detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error
and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be
expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these Financial
Statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the Financial
Statements is located on the FRC’s website at:
www.frc.org.uk/auditorsresponsibilities
This description forms part of our
auditors’ report.
Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Parent Company’s
members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and
for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for
any other purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it
may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent in writing.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
109
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Financial Statements
continued
Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns
adequate for our audit have not been received from branches not visited by us; or
certain disclosures of directors’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
the Parent Company Financial Statements and the part of the Directors’ remuneration
report to be audited are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.
We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility.
Other matter
The Parent Company is required by the Financial Conduct Authority Disclosure Guidance and
Transparency Rules to include these Financial Statements in an Annual Financial Report
prepared under the structured digital format required by DTR 4.1.15R - 4.1.18R and filed on
the National Storage Mechanism of the Financial Conduct Authority. This auditors’ report
provides no assurance over whether the Annual Financial Report has been prepared in
accordance with those requirements.
Jaskamal Sarai (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Reading
3 May 2024
110
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 29 February 2024
Notes
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Continuing operations
Net ticket sales
1
5,295,072
4,323,298
Revenue
3
396,718
327,147
Cost of sales
(91,433)
(74,923)
Gross profit
305,285
252,224
Administrative expenses
(249,706)
(224,585)
Adjusted EBITDA
1
122,133
86,098
Depreciation and amortisation
10,11
(41,662)
(41,167)
Share-based payment charges
16
(22,629)
(17,292)
Exceptional items
4
(2,263)
Operating profit
55,579
27,639
Finance income
7
2,745
4,721
Finance costs
7
(10,209)
(10,270)
Net finance costs
7
(7,464)
(5,549)
Profit before tax
48,115
22,090
Income tax expense
8
(14,129)
(873)
Profit after tax
33,986
21,217
Earnings per share (pence)
Basic earnings per ordinary share
9
7.28p
4.53p
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
9
7.09p
4.48p
1. Non-GAAP measure – see alternative performance measures section on page 147.
The notes on pages 114 to 146 form part of the Financial Statements.
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 29 February 2024
Notes
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Profit after tax
33,986
21,217
Items that may be reclassified to the income
statement:
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability
18
17
16
Foreign exchange movement
(1,096)
1,873
Other comprehensive (loss)/income, net of tax
(1,079)
1,889
Total comprehensive income
32,907
23,106
The notes on pages 114 to 146 form part of the Financial Statements.
Financial Statements
continued
111
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Consolidated balance sheet
At 29 February 2024
Notes
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Non-current assets
Intangible assets
10
70,350
66,827
Goodwill
10
418,527
420,710
Property, plant and equipment
11
17,948
21,189
Deferred tax asset
8
24,853
26,950
531,678
535,676
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
91,085
57,337
Trade and other receivables
12
59,170
60,158
150,255
117,495
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
13
(212,766)
(200,202)
Loan and borrowings
14
(5,833)
(4,891)
Current tax payable
8
(3,201)
(7,642)
(221,800)
(212,735)
Net current liabilities
(71,545)
(95,240)
Total assets less current liabilities
460,133
440,436
Notes
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Non-current liabilities
Loan and borrowings
14
(147,280)
(149,014)
Provisions
15
(837)
(778)
(148,117)
(149,792)
Net assets
312,016
290,644
Equity
Share capital
17
4,710
4,807
Share premium
17
1,198,703
Foreign exchange reserve
17
2,232
3,328
Other reserves
17
(1,112,724)
(1,128,978)
Retained earnings
17
1,417,798
212,784
Total equity
312,016
290,644
The notes on pages 114 to 146 form part of the Financial Statements.
These Financial Statements were approved by the Board of Directors of Trainline plc
(registered number 11961132) on 3 May 2024 and were signed on its behalf by
Jody Ford
Peter Wood
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
3 May 2024
3 May 2024
Financial Statements
continued
112
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 29 February 2024
For the year ended 28 February 2023
Notes
Share
capital
£’000
Share
premium
£’000
Other
reserves
£’000
Foreign
exchange
reserve
£’000
Retained
earnings
£’000
Total
equity
£’000
Balance as at
1 March 2023
4,807
1,198,703
(1,128,978)
3,328
212,784
290,644
Profit after tax
33,986
33,986
Other
comprehensive
(loss)/income
(1,096)
17
(1,079)
Acquisition of
treasury shares
(7,500)
(7,500)
Share-based
payment
charges
1
16
23,823
23,823
Purchase of
own shares for
cancellation
17
(97)
97
(27,858)
(27,858)
Capital reduction
17
(1,198,703)
1,198,703
Transfer between
reserves
1
17
(166)
166
Balance as at
29 February 2024
4,710
(1,112,724)
2,232
1,417,798
312,016
Notes
Share
capital
£’000
Share
premium
£’000
Other
reserves
£’000
Foreign
exchange
reserve
£’000
Retained
earnings
£’000
Total
equity
£’000
Balance as at
1 March 2022
4,807
1,198,703
(1,136,661)
1,455
191,189
259,493
Profit after tax
21,217
21,217
Other
comprehensive
income
1,873
16
1,889
Acquisition of
treasury shares
(7,947)
(7,947)
Share-based
payment
charges
1
16
15,992
15,992
Transfer between
reserves
1
17
(362)
362
Balance as at
28 February 2023
4,807
1,198,703
(1,128,978)
3,328
212,784
290,644
1.
Share-based payment charges noted here are net of tax, share issues and N.I. charge. Transfer between
reserves relates to the difference between the share price at grant date of the exercised shares and the
actual cost of the treasury shares purchased to fulfil the share-based payment.
The notes on pages 114 to 146 form part of the Financial Statements.
Financial Statements
continued
113
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Consolidated statement of cash flow
For the year ended 29 February 2024
Notes
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Cash flows from operating activities
Profit before tax
48,115
22,090
Adjustments for:
Depreciation and amortisation
10,11
41,662
41,167
Net finance costs
1
7
7,464
5,549
Share-based payment charges
16
22,629
17,292
119,870
86,098
Changes in working capital:
Trade and other receivables
970
(13,986)
Trade and other payables
8,945
(29,097)
Cash generated from operating activities
129,785
43,015
Taxes paid
(10,677)
(4,135)
Interest received
2
2,621
726
Net cash generated from operating activities
121,729
39,606
Cash flows from investing activities
Payments for intangible assets
(37,030)
(32,811)
Payments for acquisition of subsidiary entities, net of
cash acquired
25
(866)
Payments for property, plant and equipment
(2,853)
(2,408)
Net cash flow from investing activities
(40,749)
(35,219)
Notes
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Cash flows from financing activities
Purchase of treasury shares
(7,500)
(7,947)
Purchase of own shares for cancellation
(27,858)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
90,000
105,000
Repayment of revolving credit facility and other
borrowings
(90,000)
(70,000)
Issue costs and fees
(58)
(3,251)
Buyback of convertible bonds
(28,189)
Payments of lease liabilities
(4,013)
(4,501)
Payment of interest on lease liabilities
(215)
(440)
Interest paid
(5,925)
(6,410)
Net cash flow from financing activities
(45,569)
(15,738)
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
35,411
(11,351)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year
57,337
68,496
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
(1,663)
192
Closing cash and cash equivalents
91,085
57,337
1. Including gain on convertible bond buyback as disclosed in Notes 7 and 14 for FY2023.
2.
In the comparative period presented in the statement of cash flow we have reclassified the interest received
amounts from Financing to Operating which more appropriately reflects their nature. The amounts were
immaterial in all periods presented.
The notes on pages 114 to 146 form part of the Financial Statements.
Financial Statements
continued
 
 
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
Notes
(Forming part of the Financial Statements)
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
114
Strategic
1. Significant accounting policies
a) General information
Trainline plc (the ‘Company’) and subsidiaries controlled by the Company (together, the
‘Group’) are the leading independent rail and coach travel platform selling rail and coach
tickets worldwide. The Company is publicly listed on the London Stock Exchange (‘LSE’)
and is incorporated and domiciled in the United Kingdom. The Company’s registered
address is 120 Holborn, London EC1N 2TD.
The Group Financial Statements for the year ended 29 February 2024 were approved by
the Directors on 3 May 2024.
The Group Financial Statements of Trainline plc have been prepared in accordance
with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards and with the requirements of the
Companies Act 2006 as applicable to companies reporting under those standards.
The accounting policies set out in the sections below have, unless otherwise stated, been
applied consistently to all periods presented within the Financial Statements and have
been applied consistently by all subsidiaries.
b) Basis of consolidation
The Group Financial Statements consolidate those of the Company and its subsidiaries
(together referred to as the ‘Group’).
The Financial Statements presented herein are for the year from 1 March 2023 to
29 February 2024.
(i) Subsidiaries
Subsidiaries are entities controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when it
is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and
has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity. The Financial
Statements of subsidiaries are included in the Consolidated Financial Statements from
the date on which control commences until the date on which control ceases. Control is
achieved when the Group (i) has power over the investee; (ii) is exposed, or has rights to
variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and (iii) has the ability to use its
power to affect the returns.
(ii) Transactions eliminated on consolidation
Intra-group balances and transactions, and any unrealised income and expenses arising
from intra-group transactions, are eliminated.
c) Basis of measurement
The Group and Parent Company Financial Statements are prepared on the historical cost
basis except for the following:
Financial instruments at fair value through the income statement are measured at fair
value.
d) Functional and presentation currency
The Financial Statements are presented in pound sterling (£GBP), which is the functional
currency of the Parent Company. All amounts have been rounded to the nearest
thousand, unless otherwise indicated.
e) Going concern
The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis,
which assumes that the Group will be able to meet its liabilities as they fall due over at
least the next 12 months from the date of the approval of these Financial Statements (the
‘going concern assessment period’) including consideration of the covenants associated
with the Group’s revolving credit facility at the next covenant test dates on 31 August 2024
and 28 February 2025, being the two relevant dates in this period.
The UK Corporate Governance Code requires the Board to assess and report on the
prospects of the Group and whether the business is a going concern. The Directors have
undertaken a rigorous assessment of going concern and liquidity, taking into account
financial forecasts and any key uncertainties and sensitivities.
Positive adjusted EBITDA of £122.1 million was earned in the period (FY2023: £86.1
million) and net debt at 29 February 2024 was £63.9 million (FY2023: £100.4 million)
resulting in a reduction in Net debt to adjusted EBITDA leverage ratio from 1.17 at
28 February 2023 to 0.52 at 29 February 2024. As at 29 February 2024 the Group was
in a net current liability position of £71.5 million driven by the negative working capital
cycle whereby ticket sales amounts are received before amounts due are paid by
carriers (FY2023: £95.2 million net current liability position). The Group has in place bank
guarantees of £183.4 million (FY2023: £72.2 million) that can be utilised to settle trade
creditor balances. Bank guarantees are issued by lenders under the Group’s revolving
credit facility and therefore reduce the Group’s remaining available facility. Despite the net
current liability position, the Group has access to £81.6 million additional funds under its
revolving credit facility (FY2023: £192.8 million). As such the Group has sufficient liquidity
to cover the net current liability position. The existing revolving credit facility has an initial
maturity date of November 2025 however the facility offers optionality of two 1-year
extensions after the initial maturity date.
 
 
 
 
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
1. Significant accounting policies
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
115
The Directors performed a detailed going concern review using Board approved forecasts
(the ‘base case’) as well as considering two severe but plausible downside scenarios in
isolation, without any mitigations, and their potential impact on the Group’s forecast. The
severe but plausible downside scenarios modelled were: (1) a 15% reduction in forecast
Group adjusted EBITDA caused by a circa 9% reduction in UK revenue, or a circa 12%
increase in Group marketing and other administrative expenses; and (2) a 1% increase
above the forecast SONIA interest rate benchmark.
In the base case and both severe but plausible downside scenarios the Group is able
to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due, with significant excess
liquidity. This includes complying with the net debt to adjusted EBITDA and the interest
coverage covenant requirements at the 31 August 2024 and 28 February 2025 test dates.
Following the assessment described above, the Directors are confident that the Group
has adequate resources to continue to meet its liabilities as they fall due and to remain in
operation for the going concern assessment period. The Board has therefore continued
to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Consolidated Financial Statements.
f) Cost of sales
Cost of sales include costs in relation to the provision of rail tickets, industry system costs,
ancillary services, settlement and fulfilment costs and are recognised as incurred (at the
point of sale).
g) Foreign currency transactions
Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to the respective functional currencies of
Group companies at exchange rates applicable on the dates of the transactions.
Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are translated to the
functional currency exchange rate at the reporting date. Non-monetary assets and liabilities
that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated to the functional currency
at the exchange rate when the fair value was determined. Foreign currency differences
arising on translation are generally recognised in the income statement. Non-monetary items
that are measured based on historical cost in foreign currencies are not retranslated.
For the purpose of presenting the Consolidated Financial Statements, the assets and
liabilities of entities with a functional currency other than sterling are expressed in
sterling using exchange rates prevailing at the reporting date. Income and expense
items and cash flows are translated at the average exchange rates for each month and
exchange differences arising are recognised directly in other comprehensive income.
h) Use of judgements and estimates
In preparing these Financial Statements, management has made judgements, estimates
and assumptions that affect the application of the accounting policies and the reported
amounts of assets, liabilities, income and expenses.
Estimates and underlying assumptions are reviewed on an ongoing basis. Actual results
may differ from these estimates. Revision to estimates are recognised prospectively.
Key source of estimation uncertainty
The following estimate is deemed significant as it has been identified by management as
one which is subject to a high degree of estimation uncertainty:
Note 10 – Goodwill impairment test: key assumptions underlying recoverable
amounts
The Group tests goodwill for impairment annually by comparing the carrying amount
against the recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the fair value
less costs of disposal and value in use. There is inherent estimation uncertainty in
estimating the future cash flows and the time period over which they will occur. There
is also estimation uncertainty in arriving at an appropriate discount rate to apply to the
cash flows as well as an appropriate terminal growth rate. Each of these assumptions
have an impact on the overall value of cash flows expected and therefore the headroom
between the cash flows and carrying values of the cash generating units. An unfavourable
change in any of these assumptions could result in a significant change in headroom.
As such each of these constitute estimates in the assessment of the recoverable
amount of goodwill in respect of both the UK Consumer and International Consumer
cash-generating units (‘CGUs’). Details of the impact of reasonably possible changes
to the future cash flows and timing of these are evaluated in Note 10 to the Financial
Statements.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
1. Significant accounting policies
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
116
Critical accounting judgements
Critical accounting judgements are those that the Group has made in the process of
applying the Group’s accounting policies and that have the most significant effect on the
amounts recognised in the Financial Statements:
Note 10 – Capitalisation of internal software development costs
The Group capitalises internal costs directly attributable to the development of intangible
assets. We consider this a critical judgement given the application of IAS 38 involves
the assessment of several different criteria that can be subjective and/or complex in
determining whether the costs meet the threshold for capitalisation. During the year
the Group has capitalised internal development costs amounting to £37.5 million
(FY2023: £32.2 million). While the Group makes judgements in determining the basis for
recognition of these internally developed assets, these judgements are formed in the
context of robust systems and controls.
i) New standards and interpretations adopted
A number of new standards are effective from 1 March 2023, but they do not have a
material effect on the Group’s Financial Statements.
The following adopted IFRSs have been issued but have not been applied by the Group
in these Consolidated Financial Statements. Their adoption is not expected to have a
material effect on the Financial Statements unless otherwise indicated:
Definition of Accounting Estimates – Amendments to IAS 8 (effective date 1 January
2023);
Disclosure of Accounting Policies – Amendments to IAS 1 and IFRS Practice Statement
2 (effective date 1 January 2023);
Deferred tax related to assets and liabilities arising from a single transaction –
Amendments to IAS 12 (effective date 1 January 2023);
International Tax Reform – Pillar Two Model Rules – Amendments to IAS 12 (effective
date 1 January 2023);
IFRS 17 Insurance Contracts (effective date 1 January 2023).
2. Operating segments
In accordance with IFRS 8 the Group determines and presents its operating segments
based on internal information that is provided to the Board, being the Group’s Chief
Operating Decision Maker (‘CODM’).
The Group’s three operating and reporting segments are summarised as follows:
UK Consumer – Travel apps and websites for individual travellers for journeys within
the UK
International Consumer – Travel apps and websites for individual travellers for
journeys outside the UK including journeys between the UK and outside the UK, and
Trainline Solutions
1
– Travel portal platform for Trainline’s own branded business
units, in addition to external corporates, travel management companies and white
label ecommerce platforms for Train Operating Companies. This segment operates
Platform One Solutions and recharges a cost to the UK Consumer and International
Consumer segments.
1
The Group’s technology platform, UK Trainline Solutions and International Trainline Solutions are
collectively referred to as ‘Trainline Solutions’.
No single customer accounted for 10% or more of the Group’s sales. In general, the
transfer pricing policy implemented by the Group is market-based.
The CODM reviews discrete information by segment disaggregated to adjusted EBITDA to
better assess performance and to assist in resource-allocation decisions.
the CODM monitors the three operating segments results at the level of net ticket
sales, revenue, gross profit and adjusted EBITDA as shown in this disclosure and
no results at a profit before/after tax level or in relation to the statement of financial
position are reported to the CODM at a lower level than the consolidated Group.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
2. Operating segments
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
117
Segmental analysis for the year ended 29 February 2024:
International
Trainline
UK Consumer
Consumer
Solutions
Total Group
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Net ticket sales
3,469,170
1,040,500
785,402
5,295,072
Revenue
208,802
53,156
134,760
396,718
Cost of sales
(63,472)
(17,364)
(10,597)
(91,433)
Gross profit
145,330
35,792
124,163
305,285
Marketing costs
(26,237)
(40,574)
(621)
(67,432)
Other administrative expenses
(33,477)
(11,901)
(70,342)
(115,720)
Adjusted EBITDA
85,616
(16,683)
53,200
122,133
Depreciation and amortisation
(41,662)
Exceptional items
(2,263)
Share-based payment charges
(22,629)
Operating profit
55,579
Net finance costs
(7,464)
Profit before tax
48,115
Income tax expense
(14,129)
Profit after tax
33,986
Segmental analysis for the year ended 28 February 2023:
International
Trainline
 
UK Consumer
Consumer
Solutions
Total Group
 
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Net ticket sales
2,811,299
914,506
597,493
4,323,298
Revenue
172,066
45,387
109,694
327,147
Cost of sales
(50,211)
(15,318)
(9,394)
(74,923)
Gross profit
121,855
30,069
100,300
252,224
Marketing costs
(21,871)
(42,517)
(459)
(64,847)
Other administrative expenses
(28,729)
(9,415)
(63,135)
(101,279)
Adjusted EBITDA
71,255
(21,863)
36,706
86,098
Depreciation and amortisation
(41,167)
Share-based payment charges
(17,292)
Operating profit
27,639
Net finance costs
(5,549)
Profit before tax
22,090
Income tax expense
(873)
Profit after tax
21,217
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
118
3. Revenue
Accounting policy
Consumer
Commission revenue is earned from carriers on net ticket sales and service charges
billed to customers. Each sale or refund transaction represents a separate performance
obligation, and the related revenue is recognised at the time of the sale or refund.
Ancillary product offerings sold through third parties generate other revenue earnings for
Trainline who act as an agent. Income is recognised at a point in time based on purchase
date, impressions or, in the case of hotels, customer stays. The Group acts as an agent
in these sale transactions, as it does not control the services prior to transferring them
to its customers. In refund transactions the Group acts as an agent in respect of the
refund of the ticket value that is due back to the customer, and as a principal in respect
of the refund fee, as it has full entitlement to the refund fee. Refund sales and fees are
recognised at the point the ticket is voided (cancelled) with the vendor.
Trainline Solutions
Revenue earned from branded travel portal platforms is recognised in three key elements
represented by bespoke feature builds, monthly maintenance, and commission and
service fees earned per transaction processed. Each of these elements represent a
separate performance obligation. Revenue is recognised over time, as each performance
obligation is satisfied, for specific feature builds, and at point in time for bespoke feature
builds, maintenance, commission and service fees. For contracts with customers, invoices
are raised upon satisfaction of performance obligations, with payment due within 30
days.
The Group’s operations and main revenue streams are those described in these Financial
Statements. The Group’s revenue is derived from contracts with customers and is
disaggregated by primary geographical market and timing of revenue recognition.
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Timing of revenue recognition
At point in time
396,718
327,147
Total revenue
396,718
327,147
Geographic information
In presenting the below information based on geography, revenue is based on the
geographical location of the customers. This differs from Note 2 which discloses revenue
based on the geographical location of the journey undertaken.
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
UK
314,997
259,207
Rest of the world
81,721
67,940
Total revenue
396,718
327,147
Contract balances
The Group’s contract balances consist of trade receivables, contract assets and contract
liabilities. Trade receivables are disclosed in Note 12.
The contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s rights to consideration for services
provided but not invoiced at the reporting date. The contract assets are transferred
to receivables when invoiced. The Group’s contract assets amounted to £11.4 million
(FY2023: £10.2 million) which are included in Note 12.
The contract liabilities primarily relate to the advance consideration received from
customers, for which revenue is recognised when the services are deemed to be
provided. The contract liabilities amounted to £0.7 million (FY2023: £0.5 million) which are
included within deferred revenue in Note 13.
4. Exceptional items
Exceptional items are costs or credits that, by virtue of their nature and incidence, have
been disclosed separately in order to improve a reader’s understanding of the Financial
Statements. Exceptional items are one-off in nature or are not considered to be part of
the Group’s underlying trading performance.
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Restructuring costs
2,263
Exceptional items
2,263
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
4. Exceptional items
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
119
Restructuring costs
Restructuring costs related to projects being undertaken to improve operating efficiency.
The projects were completed by the end of FY2024. These costs relate to consultancy fees
and people costs in relation to the project and are non-recurring and incremental in nature.
5. Auditors’ remuneration
This note details a breakdown of the auditors’ remuneration recognised across the Group.
During the year, the Group obtained the following services from its auditors:
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Audit of these Financial Statements
630
471
Audit of Financial Statements of subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
99
84
Audit-related assurance services
55
52
Non-audit services
18
Total auditors’ remuneration
802
607
6. Employee benefit expenses
Staff costs presented in this note reflect the total wage, tax, pension and share-based
payment charge relating to employees of the Group. These costs are allocated between
administrative expenses, cost of sales or capitalised where appropriate as part of
software development intangible assets. The allocation between these areas is dependent
on the area of business the employee works in and the activities they have undertaken.
Average number of full-time equivalent employees
2024
2023
Number of
Number of
employees
employees
Sales and marketing
138
119
Operations
180
147
Technology and product
579
511
Management and administration
150
135
Total number of employees
1
1,047
912
Employee benefits expense
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Wages and salaries
84,885
73,449
Social security contributions
12,209
10,749
Contributions to defined contribution plans
3,396
2,993
Share-based payment expense
22,629
17,292
Total employee benefits
123,119
104,483
Details of Directors’ remuneration are disclosed in Note 23 under Transactions with key
management personnel of the Group.
7. Net finance costs
Net finance costs comprise bank interest income and interest expense on borrowings
and lease liabilities, as well as foreign exchange gains/(losses) and gains/(losses) on the
buyback of convertible bonds.
On 26 July 2022, the Group entered into a £325.0 million revolving credit facility (refer to
Note 14 for further disclosure).
Accounting policy
Interest income and expense is recognised as it accrues in the income statement, using
the effective interest method. Foreign exchange gains and losses are recognised in the
income statement in accordance with the policy for foreign currency transactions set out
in Note 1g. Convertible bonds bought back and cancelled are derecognised from non-
current liabilities as set out in Note 14, with any gains and losses arising recognised in
finance income and finance costs.
1.
In determining the monthly employee numbers, in respect of leavers and joiners, employee numbers have
been pro-rated by the number of days they were employed within the Group.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
7. Net finance costs
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
120
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Bank interest income
2,745
730
Gain on convertible bond buyback
3,987
Net foreign exchange gain
4
Finance income
2,745
4,721
Interest and fees on bank loans
(7,080)
(8,856)
Net foreign exchange loss
(1,839)
Interest and fees on convertible bonds
(830)
(886)
Interest on lease liability
(429)
(528)
Other interest
(31)
Finance costs
(10,209)
(10,270)
Net finance costs recognised in the income statement
(7,464)
(5,549)
8. Taxation
This note analyses the tax expense for this financial year, which includes both current and
deferred tax. It also details tax accounting policies and presents a reconciliation between
profit before tax in the income statement multiplied by the rate of corporation tax and
the tax credit for the year.
The deferred tax section provides information on expected future tax charges and sets
out the assets and liabilities held across the Group.
Accounting policy
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred tax. It is recognised in the income
statement except to the extent that it relates to a business combination, or items
recognised directly in equity or in other comprehensive income.
(i) Current tax
Current tax comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or loss
for the period and any adjustment to tax payable or receivable in respect of previous years.
It is measured using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the reporting date.
(ii) Deferred tax
Deferred tax is recognised in respect of temporary differences between the carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used
for taxation purposes. Deferred tax is not recognised for:
temporary differences on the initial recognition of assets or liabilities in a transaction
that is not a business combination and that affects neither accounting nor taxable
profit or loss;
temporary differences related to investments in subsidiaries, to the extent that the
Group can control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences and it is
probable that they will not reverse in the foreseeable future; and
taxable temporary differences arising on the initial recognition of goodwill.
Deferred tax assets are recognised for unused tax losses, unused tax credits and
deductible temporary differences to the extent that it is probable that future taxable
profits will be available against which they can be used before their expiry. Deferred tax
assets are reviewed at each reporting date and are reduced to the extent that it is no
longer probable that the related tax benefit will be realised.
Amounts will be recognised first to the extent that taxable temporary differences exist
and it is considered probable that they will reverse and give rise to future taxable profits
against which losses or other assets may be utilised before their expiry. Assets will then
be recognised to the extent that forecasts or other evidence support the availability of
future profits against which assets may be realised.
Deferred tax is measured at the tax rates that are expected to be applied to temporary
differences when they reverse, using tax rates enacted or substantively enacted at the
reporting date. The measurement of deferred tax reflects the tax consequences that
would follow from the manner in which the Group expects, at the reporting date, to
recover or settle the carrying amount of its assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and
liabilities are offset only if certain criteria are met.
The IASB amended the scope of IAS 12 to clarify that the standard applies to income
taxes arising from tax law enacted or substantively enacted to implement the Pillar Two
model rules published by the OECD, including tax law that implements qualified domestic
minimum top up taxes described in those rules. The Group is not currently in scope of the
Pillar Two model rules. Notably, if the Group were in scope, the Parent Company would
not be expected to be required to pay a top-up tax where profits from subsidiaries are
taxed at an effective tax rate greater than 15%.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
8. Taxation
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
121
Amounts recognised in the income statement
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Current tax charge
Current year corporation tax
10,855
13,843
Adjustment in respect of prior years
(2,749)
670
Total current tax charge
8,106
14,513
Deferred tax charge/(credit)
Current year
2,734
(9,302)
Adjustment in respect of prior years
3,199
(1,709)
Effect of tax rate change on deferred tax
90
(2,629)
Total deferred tax charge/(credit)
6,023
(13,640)
Tax charge
14,129
873
UK corporation tax was calculated at 24.5% (FY2023: 19%) of the taxable profit for the
year. Taxation for territories outside of the UK was calculated at the rates prevailing in
the respective jurisdictions. The total tax charge of £14.1 million (FY2023: charge of £0.9
million) is made up of a current corporation tax charge of £8.1 million (FY2023: charge of
£14.5 million) arising in the UK, and a deferred tax charge of £6.0 million (FY2023: credit of
£13.6 million).
The Group made claims under the Super Deduction Capital Allowances regime giving rise
to a prior period current and deferred tax adjustment. Also included in the adjustments
in respect of the prior period is a release of deferred tax asset relating to share-based
employee incentives that have vested or did not settle and are no longer carried forward
as an asset.
Included in the current year deferred tax charge is predominantly the unwind of the
deferred tax credit following the utilisation of UK tax losses.
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Profit before tax
48,115
22,090
Tax on profit at standard UK rate of 24.5% (FY2023: 19%)
11,788
4,197
Effect of:
Expenses not deductible/income not deductible
527
(251)
Amounts not recognised
1
1,033
482
Effect of changes in tax rates
89
(2,629)
Adjustment in respect of prior years
449
(1,039)
Share options
410
Other
(167)
113
Total tax charge
14,129
873
Effective tax rate
29%
4%
1.
Primarily relates to unrecognised losses which are either not expected to be recoverable or utilised in the
short term and therefore not recognised as deferred tax assets.
The consolidated tax rate for FY2024 was 24.5% which is in line with the UK corporation
tax rate of 25% (FY2023: 19%).
Tax (creditor)/debtor per the consolidated balance sheet:
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Current tax payable
(3,201)
(7,642)
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
8. Taxation
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
122
Deferred tax asset/(liability) as at 29 February 2024:
Acquired
Tangible
intangible
assets and
Share-based
Losses carried
assets
other
payments
forward
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
At 1 March 2023
(2,673)
(3,974)
5,275
28,322
26,950
Adjustment in respect of
prior years
21
(3,723)
503
(3,199)
Adjustments posted
through equity
34
3,892
3,926
Credit/(charge) to
consolidated income
statement
1,497
3,752
2,834
(10,907)
(2,824)
At 29 February 2024
(1,155)
(3,911)
12,504
17,415
24,853
Deferred tax asset/(liability) as at 28 February 2023:
Acquired
Tangible
intangible
assets and
Share-based
Losses carried
assets
other
payments
forward
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
At 1 March 2022
(3,655)
(3,378)
1,237
18,361
12,565
Adjustment in respect of
prior years
(2,190)
6,528
4,338
Adjustments posted
through equity
(34)
779
745
Credit/(charge) to
consolidated income
statement
982
1,628
3,259
3,433
9,302
At 28 February 2023
(2,673)
(3,974)
5,275
28,322
26,950
9. Earnings per share
This note sets out the accounting policy that applies to the calculation of earnings per
share, and how the Group has calculated the shares to be included in basic and diluted
earnings per share (‘EPS’) calculations.
Accounting policy
The Group calculates earnings per share in accordance with the requirements of IAS 33
Earnings Per Share.
Four types of earnings per share are reported:
(i) Basic earnings per share
Earnings attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Group for the period, divided by
the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the period, adjusted
for treasury shares held.
(ii) Diluted earnings per share
Earnings attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Group for the period, divided by
the weighted average number of shares outstanding used in the basic earnings per share
calculation, adjusted for the effects of all dilutive ‘potential ordinary shares’.
(iii) Adjusted basic earnings per share
Earnings attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Group for the period, adjusted to
remove the impact of exceptional items, gain on convertible bonds buyback, share-based
payment charges, amortisation of acquired intangibles and the tax impact of these items;
divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares outstanding during the
period, adjusted for treasury shares held.
(iv) Adjusted diluted earnings per share
Earnings attributable to ordinary equity holders of the Group for the period, adjusted to
remove the impact of exceptional items, gain on convertible bond buyback, share-based
payment charges, amortisation of intangibles and the tax impact of these items; divided
by the weighted average number of shares outstanding used in the basic earnings per
share calculation adjusted for the effects of all dilutive ‘potential ordinary shares’.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
9. Earnings per share
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
123
At 29 February 2024
At 28 February 2023
Weighted average number of ordinary shares:
Ordinary shares
477,817,773
480,680,508
Treasury shares
(10,697,997)
(11,834,556)
Weighted number of ordinary shares
467,119,776
468,845,952
Dilutive impact of share options outstanding
12,034,501
4,216,223
Weighted number of dilutive shares
479,154,277
473,062,175
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Profit after tax
33,986
21,217
Earnings attributable to equity holders
33,986
21,217
Adjusted earnings
1
57,311
36,271
2024
2023
pence
pence
Profit per share
Basic
7.28p
4.53p
Diluted
7.09p
4.48p
Adjusted profit per share
Basic
12.27p
7.74p
Diluted
11.96p
7.67p
1. Refer to the alternative performance measures section for the calculation of adjusted earnings.
10. Intangible assets and goodwill
The consolidated balance sheet contains a significant goodwill carrying value which arose
when the Group acquired subsidiaries and paid a higher amount than the fair value of
the acquired net assets. Goodwill is not amortised but is subject to an annual impairment
review. Impairment reviews of goodwill make use of estimates.
Other intangible assets predominantly arise on acquisition of subsidiaries or are internally
developed. These intangible assets are amortised and tested for impairment when an
indicator of impairment exists.
Accounting policy
(i) Goodwill
Goodwill is initially measured at cost, being the excess of the aggregate of the
consideration transferred and the amount recognised for non-controlling interests,
and any previous interest held, over the net identifiable assets acquired and liabilities
assumed. If the fair value of the net assets acquired is in excess of the aggregate
consideration transferred, the Group reassesses whether it has correctly identified all of
the assets acquired and all of the liabilities assumed and reviews the procedures used
to measure the amounts to be recognised at the acquisition date. If the reassessment
still results in an excess of the fair value of net assets acquired over the aggregate
consideration transferred, then the gain is recognised in the income statement. After
initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.
For the purpose of impairment testing, goodwill acquired in a business combination is,
from the acquisition date, allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units that
are expected to benefit from the combination, irrespective of whether other assets or
liabilities of the acquired business are assigned to those units.
(ii) Software development costs
Expenditure on research activities is recognised in the income statement as incurred.
External and internal development expenditure is capitalised only if the expenditure
can be measured reliably, the product or process is technically, and commercially
feasible, future economic benefits are probable, and the Group intends to and has
sufficient resources to complete development and to use or sell the asset. Otherwise,
it is recognised in the income statement as incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition,
development expenditure is measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any
accumulated impairment losses. Internal development expenditure is managed by the
development team and the amount capitalised is monitored through time charged to
projects.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
10. Intangible assets and goodwill
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
124
(iii) Brand and customer lists
Brand and customer lists that are acquired by the Group have finite useful lives and are
measured at cost less accumulated amortisation and any accumulated impairment losses.
(iv) Subsequent expenditure
Subsequent expenditure is capitalised only when it increases the future economic
benefits embodied in the asset to which it relates. All other expenditure, including
expenditure on internally generated goodwill and brands, is recognised in the income
statement as incurred.
(v) Amortisation
Amortisation is calculated to write off the cost of intangible assets less their estimated
residual values using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives and
is recognised in administrative expenses in the income statement. Goodwill is not
amortised.
The estimated useful lives are as follows:
Software development
3–5 years
Brand valuation
10 years
Customer lists
5–7 years
Amortisation methods, useful lives and residual values are reviewed at each reporting
date and adjusted if appropriate.
Intangible assets and goodwill as at 29 February 2024:
Software
Brand
Customer
development
1
valuation
3
lists
Goodwill
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Cost:
At 1 March 2023
161,528
51,738
92,701
445,905
751,872
Additions
37,532
1,309
38,841
Disposals
(11,689)
(11,689)
Exchange differences
2
(2,183)
(2,183)
At 29 February 2024
187,371
51,738
94,010
443,722
776,841
Accumulated
amortisation and
impairment:
At 1 March 2023
(105,307)
(41,134)
(92,699)
(25,195)
(264,335)
Amortisation
(29,330)
(5,167)
(821)
(35,318)
Disposals
11,689
11,689
At 29 February 2024
(122,948)
(46,301)
(93,520)
(25,195)
(287,964)
Carrying amounts:
At 29 February 2024
64,423
5,437
490
418,527
488,877
1.
Total software development includes £13.3 million of assets which represent work in progress and which are
not yet depreciating (FY2023: £11.1 million).
2. Revaluation at the balance sheet date.
3. At FY2024, the remaining useful economic life was one year for brand valuation assets.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
10. Intangible assets and goodwill
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
125
Intangible assets and goodwill as at 28 February 2023:
Software
Brand
Customer
development
1
valuation
3
lists
Goodwill
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Cost:
At 1 March 2022
147,410
51,738
92,690
442,555
734,393
Additions
32,174
11
32,185
Disposals
(18,056)
(18,056)
Exchange differences
2
3,350
3,350
At 28 February 2023
161,528
51,738
92,701
445,905
751,872
Accumulated
amortisation and
impairment:
At 1 March 2022
(93,488)
(35,967)
(92,589)
(25,195)
(247,239)
Amortisation
(29,840)
(5,167)
(110)
(35,117)
Disposals
18,021
18,021
At 28 February 2023
(105,307)
(41,134)
(92,699)
(25,195)
(264,335)
Carrying amounts:
At 28 February 2023
56,221
10,604
2
420,710
487,537
1.
Total software development includes £11.1m of assets which represent work in progress and which are not
yet depreciating.
2. Revaluation at the balance sheet date.
3. At FY2023, the remaining useful economic life was two years for brand valuation assets.
Of the amortisation charge for the year, £6.0 million (FY2023: £5.3 million) related to the
amortisation of intangible assets which were recognised on the Group’s acquisition of
Trainline.com Limited and Trainline SAS, while £29.3 million (FY2023: £29.8 million) related
to internally developed and purchased intangible assets recognised at historical cost.
Disposals in the year of £11.7 million (FY2023: £18.1 million) include £11.7 million (FY2023:
£18.1 million) of fully amortised internally developed software assets which were no
longer in use.
Goodwill impairment testing
The Group tests goodwill annually for impairment by reviewing the carrying amount
against the recoverable amount of the investment. The recoverable amount is the
higher of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. However, in line with IAS 36
Impairment of Assets, fair value less costs of disposal is only determined where value in
use would result in impairment.
Goodwill acquired in a business combination is allocated on acquisition to the cash-
generating units (‘CGUs’) that are expected to benefit from that business combination.
The Group has a carrying value of goodwill totalling £418.5 million (FY2023: £420.7
million) which was initially recognised upon acquisition of the following of Trainline.com
Limited and Trainline SAS (formerly Capitaine Train SAS).
CGUs are allocated on a more granular level than the operating segments. Impairment
reviews were conducted on these revised CGUs as summarised below:
2024
2023
CGUs
£’000
£’000
UK Consumer
351,271
351,271
International Consumer
67,256
69,439
UK Trainline Partner Solutions
International Trainline Partner Solutions
Total goodwill
418,527
420,710
For all CGUs the recoverable amount was determined by measuring their value in use
(‘VIU’).
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
10. Intangible assets and goodwill
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
126
Assumptions
The key value in use assumptions for the goodwill impairment assessment were:
2024
2023
2024
2023
International
International
UK Consumer
UK Consumer
Consumer
Consumer
Pre-tax discount rate
1
12.3%
10.9%
12.1%
13.2%
Terminal growth rate
2
2.5%
2.5%
2.5%
2.5%
Number of years forecasted before
terminal growth rate applied
5
5
5
5
1.
The pre-tax discount rate is based upon the weighted average cost of capital reflecting specific principal
risks and uncertainties. The discount rate takes into account the risk-free rate of return, the market risk
premium and beta factor.
2.
The terminal growth rate reflects the expected natural price and inflation growth into perpetuity of the
business, taking into account the current market and sector risks.
There has been no impairment charge for any CGU during the year (FY2023: nil).
As noted above, the key assumptions that form part of the value in use assessment are
the pre-tax discount rate, the terminal growth rate, the number of years forecasted
before terminal growth rate is applied and the underlying cash forecasts. The pre-tax
discount rate was determined based upon the weighted average cost of capital reflecting
specific principal risks and uncertainties. The discount rate takes into account the risk-
free rate of return, the market risk premium and beta factor reflecting the average beta
for the Group and comparator companies which are used in deriving the cost of equity.
Further to this, the terminal growth rate was determined based on the past inflation rate
and has been utilised to reflect the long-term natural price growth and inflation.
For the purpose of the goodwill impairment work, the Group prepares cash flow forecasts
using five-year projections which are extrapolated from the Board-approved three-
year plan. The forecasts have been used in the VIU calculation along with risk-adjusted
discount rates. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a terminal
growth rate, for the purpose of goodwill impairment testing. The forecasts reflect
management’s expectations and best estimates in determining EBITDA for each CGU.
Management’s expectations and best estimates are determined based on a detailed top
down and bottom up forecasting process which incorporates consideration of the Group’s
strategy, expectations in respect of market size and market share while also taking
account of risks and uncertainties in the market.
The core assumptions in the cash flow forecasts used in the impairment testing were:
UK: continues to grow sales, driven by ongoing investment in the Trainline platform, the
digitisation of ticketing and supported by modal shift tailwinds; and International: strong
continued sales growth at a higher level than the Group as a whole driven by investment
in marketing and continued development in the user experience. Where costs or assets
in the forecast are not reported to the CODM at a CGU level, as disclosed in Note 2, a
reasonable and consistent allocation basis is applied for the purposes of impairment
testing.
Trading assumptions are based on estimates of market size, estimates of market share
and long-term economic forecasts.
As the International Consumer CGU is currently loss making, the cash flows are more
sensitive to a change in assumptions in the initial five-year forecast period than the UK
Consumer CGU.
Sensitivity analysis
The Group has conducted sensitivity analysis for reasonably possible changes to key
assumptions on each CGU’s value in use. This included either increasing the discount rates,
reducing the terminal growth rate, or reducing the anticipated future cash flows through
changes to revenue or costs in each of the years through to the terminal year. The sensitivity
assumptions applied to the value in use calculations are set out in the table below.
2024
2023
2024
2023
International
International
UK Consumer
UK Consumer
Consumer
Consumer
Increase in discount rate
1pt
1pt
1pt
1pt
Reduction in long-term growth rate
applied in terminal year
0.5pt
0.5pt
0.5pt
0.5pt
Decrease in adjusted EBITDA forecast
in each year
15%
15%
15%
1
20%
None of the individual reasonably possible scenarios listed above resulted in an
impairment charge to any of the CGUs.
1.
In FY2024 the sensitivity of 15% was considered more appropriate than 20%. If the sensitivity was 20% in
line with prior year, this would not result in an impairment charge to any of the CGUs.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
127
11. Property, plant and equipment
This note details the physical assets used by the Group in running its business.
Accounting policy
Items of property, plant and equipment (‘PPE’) are measured at cost less accumulated
depreciation and any accumulated impairment losses. Any gain or loss on disposal
of an item of property, plant and equipment is recognised in the income statement.
Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of items of property, plant and equipment
less their estimated residual values using the straight-line method over their estimated
useful lives and is generally recognised in the income statement. The estimated useful
lives of property, plant and equipment are as follows:
Plant and equipment
3-7 years
Leasehold improvements
3-10 years/remaining lease length if shorter
Right-of-use assets
Lease length
The Group tests the carrying value of assets including right-of-use (‘ROU’) assets for
impairment if there is an indicator of impairment. PPE is included in the carrying value of
the Group’s CGUs and has been included in the CGU impairment assessments (see Note
10). There were no additional indicators of specific impairment identified during the year
relating to PPE (FY2023: no indicators).
Property, plant and equipment as at 29 February 2024:
Plant and
Leasehold
Right-of-use
equipment
improvements
assets
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Cost:
At 1 March 2023
7,729
6,835
27,875
42,439
Additions
1,866
1,255
3,121
Disposals
(364)
(1)
(297)
(662)
At 29 February 2024
9,231
6,834
28,833
44,898
Accumulated depreciation and
impairment:
At 1 March 2023
(4,443)
(3,358)
(13,449)
(21,250)
Depreciation
(1,421)
(835)
(4,088)
(6,344)
Disposals
364
280
644
At 29 February 2024
(5,500)
(4,193)
(17,257)
(26,950)
Carrying amounts:
At 29 February 2024
3,731
2,641
11,576
17,948
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
11. Property, plant and equipment
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
128
Property, plant and equipment as at 28 February 2023:
Plant and
Leasehold
Right-of-use
equipment
improvements
assets
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Cost:
At 1 March 2022
7,379
6,984
27,461
41,824
Additions
2,089
522
2,611
Disposals
(1,739)
(149)
(108)
(1,996)
At 28 February 2023
7,729
6,835
27,875
42,439
Accumulated depreciation and
impairment:
At 1 March 2022
(4,810)
(2,515)
(9,622)
(16,947)
Depreciation
(1,301)
(843)
(3,906)
(6,050)
Disposals
1,668
79
1,747
At 28 February 2023
(4,443)
(3,358)
(13,449)
(21,250)
Carrying amounts:
At 28 February 2023
3,286
3,477
14,426
21,189
12. Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables include amounts due from credit card companies for
consumer ticket sales and amounts due from business customers and Train Operating
Companies on account. The contract assets primarily relate to the Group’s rights to
consideration for services provided but not invoiced at the reporting date. Prepayments
consist of payments made prior to year end in respect of transactions in the normal
course of business.
Receivables are held with the objective to collect the contractual cash flows and are
therefore recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost
using the effective interest rate method, less provision for impairment. A provision for the
expected loss on trade and other receivables is established at inception. This is modified
when there is a change in the credit risk. The amount of the expected loss for the Group is
£0.3 million (FY2023: nil).
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Trade receivables
38,860
38,031
Other receivables
3,000
5,276
Prepayments
5,898
6,692
Contract assets
11,412
10,159
Total trade and other receivables
59,170
60,158
There is no material difference between the carrying value and fair value of trade
and other receivables. See Note 20 for more detail on the trade and other receivables
accounting policy.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
129
13. Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables include liabilities for ticket sale monies to be passed on to
carriers, as well as accounts payable and accruals for general business expenditure and
deferred revenue.
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Trade payables
159,252
158,922
Accruals
47,367
36,241
Other creditors
5,444
4,503
Deferred revenue
703
536
Total trade and other payables
212,766
200,202
There is no material difference between the carrying value and fair value of trade and
other payables presented. See Note 20 for more detail on the trade and other payables
accounting policy.
14. Loans and borrowings
This note details a breakdown of the various loans and borrowings of the Group. It also
provides the terms and repayment dates of each of these.
Accounting policy
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs
incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at
amortised cost using the effective interest method. At the date borrowings are repaid any
attributable transaction costs are released as finance costs.
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Non-current liabilities
Revolving credit facility
1
58,292
57,385
Convertible bonds
2
81,652
81,105
Lease liabilities
7,336
10,524
Total non-current liabilities
147,280
149,014
Current liabilities
Accrued interest on secured bank loans
841
368
Lease liabilities
4,992
4,523
Total current liabilities
5,833
4,891
1.
Included within the revolving credit facility is the principal amount of £60.0 million (FY2023: £60.0 million)
and directly attributable transaction costs of £1.7 million (FY2023: £2.6 million).
2.
Included within the convertible bonds is the principal amount of £82.7 million (FY2023: £82.7 million) and
directly attributable transaction costs of £1.0 million (FY2023: £1.6 million). The fair value of this convertible
bond, as determined by the price on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange at 29 February 2024 is £74.7 million
(FY2023: £68.7 million). The carrying value is £81.7 million. During FY2023 the Group bought back and
cancelled £32.1 million (face value) of its own convertible bonds for £28.1 million, resulting in a gain of
£4.0 million presented on the income statement within finance income.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
14. Loans and borrowings
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
130
Terms and repayment schedule as at 29 February 2024
Carrying
Year of
Face value
amount
Agreement
Interest rate
maturity
£’000
£’000
Revolving credit facility
SONIA + 1.25%-2.5%
2025
2
60,000
58,292
Convertible bonds
1.00%
2026
82,700
81,652
Lease liabilities
Various
1
Various
12,328
12,328
Total borrowings
155,028
152,272
1. The average interest rate of lease liabilities is 4.16%.
2. Not including two 1-year extension clause.
The following are the remaining contractual maturities of financial liabilities at the
reporting date. The amounts are gross and undiscounted, and include estimated
future interest payments, so will not necessarily reconcile to amounts disclosed on the
statement of financial position.
Total
contractual
Less than
Between
Between
cash flows
1 year
1 and 2 years
1
2 and 5 years
Over 5 years
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Revolving credit facility
65,874
3,579
62,295
Convertible bonds
84,250
827
83,423
Lease liabilities
12,836
5,278
4,479
2,608
471
Total cash flows
162,960
9,684
150,197
2,608
471
1. Not including two 1-year extension clause per the revolving credit facility.
Revolving credit facility
On 26 July 2022, the Group entered into a £325.0 million revolving credit facility with an
initial maturity date of 30 November 2025, with the option to extend for a further two,
1-year periods to 30 November 2027.
The facility in place during the year allows draw downs in cash or non-cash to cover
bank guarantees. At 29 February 2024, the cash drawn amount is £60.0 million
(FY2023: £60.0 million), the non-cash bank guarantee drawn amount is £183.4 million
(FY2023: £72.2 million) and the undrawn amount on the facility is £81.6 million
(FY2023: £192.8 million).
The facility in place during the year was secured by a fixed and floating charge over
certain assets of the Group. Interest payable on the £325.0 million facility was at a margin
of 1.20% to 1.50% above SONIA.
The Group was subject to bank covenants, all of which have been met during the year. In
relation to the £325.0 million facility entered into on 26 July 2022: (1) net debt to adjusted
EBITDA must be no more than 3.00:1; and (2) adjusted EBITDA to net finance charges
must be no less than 4.00:1.
Convertible bonds
On 7 January 2021, Trainline plc announced the launch of an offering of £150.0 million of
senior convertible bonds due in 2026. Settlement and delivery of convertible bonds took
place on 14 January 2021.
The total bond offering of £150.0 million covers a five-year term beginning on 14 January
2021 with a 1% per annum coupon payable semi-annually in arrears in equal instalments.
The initial conversion price was set at £6.6671 representing a premium of 50% above
share price on 7 January 2021 (£4.4447).
The bonds were accounted for as a liability of £150.0 million upon issuance. Directly
allocable fees were offset against the liability and will be unwound over the lifetime of
the instrument. The bond was accounted for as a liability as certain terms and conditions
attached to the bonds meant Trainline plc has an unavoidable obligation to settle in cash.
Subsequent to this, bonds are measured at amortised cost.
During FY2023, the Group bought back and cancelled £32.1 million (face value) of its
own convertible bonds for £28.1 million, resulting in a gain of £4.0 million presented on
the income statement within finance income. There was no such transaction in FY2024.
As at the balance sheet date, the Group had convertible bonds with a principal amount of
£82.7 million in issuance (FY2023: £82.7 million).
15. Provisions
The Group holds provisions in relation to dilapidations.
Accounting policy
Provisions are determined by discounting the expected future cash flows at a pre-tax rate
that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific
to the liability. The unwinding of the discount is recognised as a finance cost.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
15. Provisions
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
131
The Group provides for the cost of dilapidations in relation to the offices over the
minimum term of the leases. It is expected that the cash flows in relation to provisions
will occur at the end of the lease terms between 2026 and 2030.
Provisions
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
As at 1 March
778
873
Unwinding of discount
59
54
Utilised
(149)
As at 29 and 28 February
837
778
16. Share-based payments
During the year the Group has operated a number of equity-settled share-based
payment schemes.
Accounting policy
Equity-settled share-based payment schemes are initially measured at fair value at the
grant date and recognised as a charge in the income statement over the vesting period
based on the Group’s estimate of the shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for
the effect of non-market vesting conditions. A corresponding increase in reserves is also
recognised in equity.
Share-based payment charges recognised within administrative costs
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Share-based payment schemes
22,629
17,292
Total income statement impact
22,629
17,292
The Group operates the following equity-settled share-based payment schemes with a
£nil exercise price:
Share Incentive Plan
The Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) was offered to all UK Company staff employed at 16 March
2022, being the grant date. The awards will vest on 16 March 2025 and all employees that
have not opted out or left the business between 16 March 2022 and 16 March 2025 will be
entitled to shares in Trainline plc worth £3,600 at grant date.
International Share Incentive Plan
The International Share Incentive Plan (‘SIP’) was offered to all non-UK Company staff
employed at 1 March 2022, being the grant date. The awards will vest on 28 February
2025 and all employees that have not opted out or left the business between 1 March
2022 and 28 February 2025 will be entitled to shares in Trainline plc worth £3,600 at
grant date.
Restricted Share Plan (‘RSP’)
The Restricted Share Plan (‘RSP’) awards Restricted Share Units (‘RSUs’) to certain
members of the executive team and senior management. The majority of awards vest
evenly in three tranches over a three-year period. All participants that have not left the
business on the vesting date will be entitled to RSUs which each represent the right to
receive one ordinary share in Trainline plc.
Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’)
The Performance Share Plan (‘PSP’) award is offered to certain members of the Board
and executive team. Awards vest three years after the grant date and are subject to the
Group meeting specified performance conditions. Only participants that have not left
the business at the vesting date will be entitled to PSPs which each represent the right to
receive one ordinary share in Trainline plc.
Matching shares
From 20 April 2020, all Company employees were entitled to one free matching share
for every one partnership share they purchase under the SIPs, subject to remaining
employees for the three-year vesting period.
Deferred Share Bonus Plan (‘DSBP’)
The DSBP was offered to the CEO and CFO for the purpose of deferring Executive Director
annual bonus in accordance with Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy. The first
award was granted to the CEO on 30 June 2022 and 50% vested on 19 May 2023 and
a further 50% will vest on 20 May 2024 provided the participant remains an employee
on vesting dates. The second award was granted to the CEO and CFO on 4 May 2023
and 50% will vest on 20 May 2024 and a further 50% will vest on 12 May 2025 provided
participants remain an employee on vesting dates.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
16. Share-based payments
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
132
Key assumptions used in valuing the share-based payments were as follows:
International
Share Incentive
Share Incentive
Restricted Share
Performance
Deferred Shares
Plan
Plan
Plan
Share Plan
Bonus Plan
Matching shares
28 February
3 years after
3 years after
3 years after
Exit date
16 March 2025
2025
the grant date
1
the grant date
12 May 2025
2
the grant date
Attrition rate over life of award
24%
24%
3% – 31%
4% – 28%
0%
19%
Weighted average fair value estimated at grant date
3
199p
214p
272p
217p
270p
270p
1. Exit date is 1 year after grant date and annually for the following 2 years.
2. Exit date for first tranche and then annually for the following two years’ awards.
3.
Awards with market-based performance conditions were valued using the Monte Carlo simulation approach. All other awards were valued based on the market value at grant date.
Carrying value and fair value of share-based payment liabilities
The carrying value and fair value of the Group’s equity-settled share-based payment arrangements were determined using option pricing models.
The expense recognised in the year for share-based payments is £22.6 million (FY2023: £17.3 million), including the relevant employer’s social security contributions.
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Share Incentive Plan
599
440
International Share Incentive Plan
93
43
Restricted Share Plan
4,739
3,945
Performance Share Plan
16,403
12,442
Specific RSU Award
27
Deferred Share Bonus Plan
619
258
Matching shares
176
137
Total income statement impact
22,629
17,292
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
16. Share-based payments
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
133
The movements in share awards are summarised as follows:
International
Share Incentive
Share Incentive
Restricted Share
Specific RSU
Performance
Deferred Share
Outstanding number
Plan
Plan
Plan
Award
Share Plan
Matching Shares
Bonus Plan
At 1 March 2022
255,386
21,425
1,618,532
28,572
4,316,861
106,860
Granted
1,149,785
140,790
1,882,582
15,209,755
86,308
133,243
Lapsed
(155,943)
(17,011)
(344,587)
(1,287,968)
(23,344)
Exercised
(234,818)
(18,854)
(1,200,613)
(28,572)
(851)
At 28 February 2023
1,014,410
126,350
1,955,914
18,238,648
168,973
133,243
Granted
1,618,169
7,496,908
107,409
185,076
Lapsed
(140,790)
(12,635)
(188,425)
(2,461,405)
(23,367)
Exercised
(48,636)
(1,630,675)
(2,449)
(66,621)
At 29 February 2024
824,984
113,715
1,754,983
23,274,151
250,566
251,698
The weighted average share price at the date share options were exercised was 260p (FY2023: 238p). The weighted average remaining contractual life of the share options were 1 year
and 3 months (FY2023: 1 year and 7 months).
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
134
17. Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share capital represents the number of shares in issue at their nominal value.
Ordinary shares in the Group are issued, allotted and fully paid up. The holders of
ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are
entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company.
Shareholding at 29 February 2024
Number
£’000
Ordinary shares – £0.01
471,032,086
4,710
Shareholding at 28 February 2023
Number
£’000
Ordinary shares – £0.01
480,680,508
4,807
In September 2023, the Company commenced a share buyback programme to purchase
its own ordinary shares. The total number of shares bought back in FY2024 was 9,648,422
shares with a nominal value of £96,484 (FY2023: nil) representing 2% (FY2023: 0%) of the
ordinary shares in issue (excluding shares held in treasury). All shares bought back in
FY2024 were cancelled.
The shares were acquired on the open market at a total consideration (excluding costs)
of £27.7 million (FY2023: £nil). The maximum and minimum prices paid were £3.36
(FY2023: £nil) and £2.32 (FY2023: £nil) per share respectively. The average price paid was
£2.87 (FY2023: £nil). Costs incurred on the purchase of own shares in relation to stamp
duty and broker expenses were £166,878 (FY2023: £nil).
Share premium
Share premium represents the amount over the nominal value which was received by the
Group upon the sale of the ordinary shares. Upon the date of listing the nominal value of
shares was £1.00 (subsequently reduced to £0.01 in FY2020) but the initial offering price
was £3.50.
Share premium is stated net of any direct costs relating to the issue of shares.
On 19 December 2023, the High Court of Justice approved the cancellation of the amount
standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account in full. The cancellation
resulted in a corresponding increase in the Group’s distributable reserves.
Retained earnings
Retained earnings represents the profit the Group makes that is not distributed as
dividends. No dividends have been paid outside the Group in any year.
Foreign exchange
The foreign exchange reserve represents the net difference on the translation of the
statement of financial position and income statements of foreign operations from
functional currency into reporting currency over the period such operations have been
owned by the Group.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
17. Capital and reserves
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
135
Other reserves
Share-based
Capital
Merger
Treasury
payment
Redemption
Total other
reserve
reserve
reserve
Reserve
reserves
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
At 1 March 2022
(1,122,218)
(21,731)
7,288
(1,136,661)
Addition of treasury shares
(7,947)
(7,947)
Allocation of treasury shares to
fulfil share-based payment
2,950
(2,902)
48
Share-based payment charge
15,165
15,165
Deferred tax on share-based
payment
779
779
Transfer to retained earnings
1
(362)
(362)
At 28 February 2023
(1,122,218)
(26,728)
19,968
(1,128,978)
Addition of treasury shares
(7,500)
(7,500)
Allocation of treasury shares to
fulfil share-based payment
4,466
(4,444)
22
Share-based payment charge
19,909
19,909
Deferred tax on share-based
payment
3,892
3,892
Purchase of own shares for
cancellation
97
97
Transfer to retained earnings
1
(166)
(166)
At 29 February 2024
(1,122,218)
(29,762)
39,159
97
(1,112,724)
1.
Transfer to retained earnings relates to the difference between the share price at grant date of the
exercised shares and the actual cost of the treasury shares purchased to fulfil the share-based payment.
Merger reserve
Prior to the initial public offering (‘IPO’) the ordinary shares of the pre-IPO top company,
Victoria Investments S.C.A, were acquired by Trainline plc. As the ultimate shareholders
and their relating rights did not change as part of this transaction, this was treated as a
common control transaction under IFRS. The balance of the merger reserve represents
the difference between the nominal value of the reserves from the Victoria Investments
S.C.A Group and the value of reserves in Trainline plc prior to the restructure.
Treasury reserve
Treasury shares reflect the value of shares held by the Group’s Employee Benefit Trusts
(‘EBT’). At 29 February 2024, the Group’s EBT held 11.5 million shares (FY2023: 10.9 million)
which have a historical cost of £29.8 million (FY2023: £26.7 million).
Share-based payment reserve
The share-based payment reserve is built up of charges in relation to equity-settled
share-based payment arrangements which have been recognised within the profit and
loss account.
Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve represents the nominal value of shares bought back
and cancelled.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
136
18. Other employee benefits
This note explains the accounting policies governing the Group’s pension schemes and
details the calculations and actuarial assumptions related to these.
The majority of the Group’s employees are members of a defined contribution pension
scheme. Additionally, the Group operates one defined benefit pension plan which is
closed to new entrants.
For defined contribution schemes, the Group pays contributions into separate funds on
behalf of the employee and has no further obligations to employees. The risks associated
with this type of plan are assumed by the member. Contributions paid by the Group in
respect of the current year are included within Note 6.
The defined benefit scheme is a pension arrangement under which participating
members receive a pension benefit at retirement determined by the scheme rules,
salary and length of pensionable service. The income statement charge for the defined
benefit scheme is the current/past service cost and the net interest cost which is the
change in the net defined benefit liability that arises from the passage of time. The Group
underwrites both financial and demographic risks associated with this type of plan.
Accounting policy
(i) Short-term employee benefits
Short-term employee benefits are expensed as the related service is provided. A liability is
recognised for the amount expected to be paid if there is a present legal or constructive
obligation to pay this amount as a result of past service provided by the employee and
the obligation can be estimated reliably.
(ii) Defined contribution plans
Obligations for contributions to defined contribution plans are expensed as the related
service is provided. Prepaid contribution is recognised as an asset to the extent that a
cash refund or a reduction in future payments is available.
(iii) Defined benefit plans
The Group participates in a defined benefit scheme which is closed to new members. The
assets of the scheme are held separately from those of the Group. Pension scheme assets
are measured using market values.
The Group’s net obligation in respect of defined benefit plans is calculated separately by
estimating the amount of future benefit that employees have earned in the current and
prior periods, discounting that amount and deducting the fair value of any plan assets.
The calculation of defined benefit obligations is performed every period end by a qualified
actuary using the projected unit credit method and discounted at the current rate of
return on a high-quality corporate bond of equivalent term and currency to the liability.
When the calculation results in a potential asset for the Group, the recognised asset
is limited to the present value of economic benefits available in the form of any future
refunds from the plan or reductions in future contributions to the plan. To calculate the
present value of economic benefits, consideration is given to any applicable minimum
funding requirements.
The scheme is subject to an asset ceiling, meaning when the scheme is remeasured and
shows a net asset position an ‘asset ceiling’ is applied equal to this amount, meaning
the Group recognises no asset on its statement of financial position. This is because the
Group does not have an irrevocable right to the surplus of the scheme. If the scheme is in
a net deficit the Group would recognise the liability.
Remeasurement of the net defined benefit liability, which comprises actuarial gains and
losses, the return on plan assets (excluding interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if
any, excluding interest), is recognised immediately in other comprehensive income. The
Group determines the net interest expense (income) on the net defined benefit liability
(asset) for the period by applying the discount rate used to measure the defined benefit
obligation at the beginning of the annual period to the then-net defined benefit liability
(asset), taking into account any changes in the net defined benefit liability (asset) during
the period as a result of contributions and benefit payments. Net interest expense and
other expenses related to defined benefit plans are recognised in the income statement.
When the benefits of a plan are changed or when a plan is curtailed, the resulting change
in benefit that relates to past service or the gain or loss on curtailment is recognised
immediately in the income statement. The Group recognises gains and losses on the
settlement of a defined benefit plan when the settlement occurs.
(iv) Termination benefits
Termination benefits are expensed at the earlier of when the Group can no longer
withdraw the offer of those benefits and when the Group recognises costs for a
restructuring. If benefits are not expected to be settled wholly within 12 months of the
end of the reporting period, then they are discounted.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
18. Other employee benefits
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
137
Defined benefit pension plan
(a) The Scheme
Qjump Limited, a subsidiary of the Group, operates a defined benefit pension scheme
which is closed to new entrants. The Qjump Shared Cost Section of the Railways
Pension Scheme (‘the Scheme’) is a funded scheme and provides benefits based on
final pensionable pay. The assets of the Scheme are held separately from those of the
Company and are managed by Railpen. The Trustees of Railpen are responsible for
governance of the plan and for appointing members to the Railpen Boards. As the
scheme is currently in an asset position no contributions are expected from the Group in
the coming year, apart from to cover the scheme administration costs.
Triennial valuation
The most recent published actuarial valuation was carried out by the Scheme Actuary as
at 31 December 2022.
IAS 19 Employee Benefits valuation
The IAS 19 valuations of the defined benefit pension scheme have been updated at each
period end, the latest being 29 February 2024 by qualified independent actuaries Willis
Towers Watson Ltd. The main financial assumptions applied in the valuations and an
analysis of schemes’ assets are as follows:
(i) Actuarial assumptions
The following were the principal actuarial assumptions at the reporting date (expressed
as weighted averages).
2024
2023
% pa
% pa
Discount rate
5.20
5.10
Price inflation (RPI measure)
3.15
3.20
Increases to deferred pensions (CPI measure)
2.75
2.80
Pension increase (CPI measure)
2.75
2.80
Salary increase
n/a
n/a
Assumptions regarding future mortality have been based on published statistics and
mortality tables. The current longevities underlying the values of the defined benefit
obligation at the reporting date were as follows:
2024
2023
years
years
Longevity at age 65 for current pensioners
Males
19.4
19.5
Females
22.2
22.4
Longevity at age 65 for current members aged 45
Males
20.6
20.8
Females
23.7
23.9
Assumptions used are best estimates from a range of possible actuarial assumptions,
which may not necessarily be borne out in practice.
Given the net position is not significant, changes in assumptions are not likely to impact
the valuation significantly.
When defined benefit funds have an IAS 19 surplus, they are recorded at the lower of
that surplus and the future economic benefits available in the form of a cash refund or
a reduction in future contributions. Any adjustment to the surplus is recorded in other
comprehensive income.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
18. Other employee benefits
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
138
2024
2023
Liability
£’000
£’000
Deferred members
(2,336)
(2,533)
Pensioner members (including dependents)
(821)
(674)
Total
(3,157)
(3,207)
Assets
Value of assets at end of year
4,147
4,458
Funded status at end of year
990
1,251
Adjustment for the members’ share of surplus
(396)
(500)
Effect of asset ceiling
(594)
(751)
Net defined benefit at end of year
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Employer’s share of administration cost
17
16
Total employer’s share of service cost
17
16
Employer’s share of pension expense
17
16
(ii) Other comprehensive income (OCI)
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
(Gain)/loss due to the liability expense
(32)
417
Gain due to the liability assumption changes
(64)
(2,039)
Adjustment for the members’ share
(118)
331
Return on plan assets greater than discount rate
392
794
Change in effect of the asset ceiling
(195)
481
Total gain recognised in OCI
(17)
(16)
(b) Movements in net defined benefit liability
The following table shows the reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing
balances for net defined benefit liability and its components.
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Defined benefit obligation
Opening balance
3,207
4,794
Interest cost
161
126
Defined benefit obligation
3,368
4,920
Actuarial gain arising from:
Financial assumptions
(76)
(1,981)
Experience adjustment
(32)
417
Demographic adjustment
12
(58)
(96)
(1,622)
Other
Benefits paid
(115)
(91)
Closing balance
3,157
3,207
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
18. Other employee benefits
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
139
Reconciliation of value of assets:
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Opening value of scheme assets
4,458
5,232
Interest income on assets
224
137
Return on plan assets greater than discount rate
(392)
(794)
Employer and employee contributions
Actual benefit payments
(115)
(91)
Administration costs
(28)
(26)
Closing value of scheme assets
4,147
4,458
(c) Plan assets
Plan assets comprise:
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Growth assets
1
1,399
1,419
Government bonds
2,017
2,199
Non-government bonds
723
832
Other assets
8
8
4,147
4,458
1.
Includes funds with a growth focus, predominantly comprising global equity securities and infrastructure assets.
All equity securities and government bonds have quoted prices in active markets.
(d) Risk exposure
Through its defined benefit pension plans, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, the
most significant of which are detailed below:
Asset volatility: There is a risk that a fall in asset values is not matched by a
corresponding reduction in the value placed on the Scheme’s defined benefit
obligation. The Scheme holds a proportion of growth assets, which are expected
to outperform corporate and government bond yields in the long term, but give
exposure to volatility and risk in the short term.
Change in bond yields: A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase the value
placed on the Scheme’s defined benefit obligation, although this will be partially offset
by an increase in the value of the Scheme’s corporate bond holdings.
Inflation risk: The majority of the Scheme’s defined benefit obligation is linked to
inflation, where higher inflation will lead to a higher value being placed on the defined
benefit obligation. Some of the Scheme’s assets are either unaffected by inflation
or loosely correlated with inflation (e.g. growth assets), meaning that an increase in
inflation will generally increase the deficit.
Life expectancy: An increase in life expectancy will lead to an increased value being
placed on the Scheme’s defined benefit obligation. Future mortality rates cannot be
predicted with certainty.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
18. Other employee benefits
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
140
(e) Sensitivity analysis
A quantitative sensitivity analysis for significant assumptions as at 29 February and
28 February respectively is, as shown below:
Approximate change in
defined benefit obligation
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Discount rate
0.25% decrease
125
129
0.25% increase
(118)
(122)
Price inflation (CPI measure)
0.25% decrease
(119)
(122)
0.25% increase
126
128
Life expectancy
Decrease by 1 year
88
99
Increase by 1 year
(88)
(99)
The above sensitivity analyses are based on a change in an assumption while holding all
other assumptions constant. In practice, this is unlikely to occur, and changes in some
of the assumptions might be correlated. When calculating the sensitivity of the defined
benefit obligation to significant actuarial assumptions, the same method has been
applied as when calculating the defined benefit liability recognised in the balance sheet.
The methods and types of assumptions used in preparing the sensitivity analysis did not
change compared to the prior year.
(f) Funding arrangements
Under the UK’s scheme specific funding regime, contributions are payable in line with the
Schedule of Contributions from the most recent formal actuarial valuation. There are no
contributions expected for next year.
19. Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
The table below details changes in liabilities arising from financing activities, including
both cash and non-cash changes.
Loans and
borrowings
(current and
Lease
non-current)
liabilities
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
Balance at 1 March 2023
138,858
15,047
153,905
Changes from cash flows
Interest paid
(5,925)
(215)
(6,140)
Issue costs and fees
(58)
(58)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
90,000
90,000
Repayment of revolving credit facility and other
borrowings
(90,000)
(90,000)
Repayment of lease liability
(4,013)
(4,013)
Total changes from financing cash flows
(5,983)
(4,228)
(10,211)
Changes in fair value
Other changes
Capitalised borrowing cost write off
1,522
1,522
Net interest expense
6,388
370
6,758
Addition of lease liabilities
902
902
Remeasurement of lease liabilities
237
237
Balance at 29 February 2024
140,785
12,328
153,113
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
19. Changes in liabilities arising from financing activities
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
141
Loans and
borrowings
(current and
Lease
non-current)
liabilities
Total
£’000
£’000
£’000
Balance at 1 March 2022
135,925
18,985
154,910
Changes from cash flows
Interest paid
(6,410)
(440)
(6,850)
Issue costs relating to loans and borrowings
(3,251)
(3,251)
Buyback of convertible bonds
(28,189)
(28,189)
Proceeds from revolving credit facility
105,000
105,000
Repayment of revolving credit facility and other
borrowings
(70,000)
(70,000)
Repayment of lease liability
(4,501)
(4,501)
Total changes from financing cash flows
(2,850)
(4,941)
(7,791)
Changes in fair value
Other changes
Capitalised borrowing cost releases
4,307
4,307
Net interest expense
5,463
473
5,936
Gain on convertible bond buyback
(3,987)
(3,987)
Addition of lease liabilities
522
522
Remeasurement of lease liabilities
8
8
Balance at 28 February 2023
138,858
15,047
153,905
20. Financial instruments
Financial instruments comprise financial assets and financial liabilities. The fair values and
carrying amounts are set out in the table below.
Accounting policy
Categorisation within the hierarchy, measured or disclosed at fair value, has been
determined based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value
measurement as follows:
Level 1 – valued using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities
Level 2 – valued by reference to valuation techniques using observable inputs other
than quoted prices included within Level 1
Level 3 – valued by reference to valuation techniques using inputs that are not based
on observable market data.
Measurement
2024
2023
level
£’000
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents
1
91,085
57,337
Trade and other receivables
2
41,860
43,307
Total financial assets
132,945
100,644
Trade and other payables
2
(164,696)
(163,425)
Loans and borrowings
2
(139,944)
(138,490)
Lease liabilities
2
(12,328)
(15,047)
Total financial liabilities
(316,968)
(316,962)
There have been no transfers between levels in any of the years. Other non-current
liabilities are valued using market established valuation techniques.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
20. Financial instruments
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
142
Accounting definitions
Financial assets
The Group classifies its non-derivative financial assets into the following categories: cash
and cash equivalents and trade and other receivables. The classification depends on
the purpose for which the assets are held. The classification is first performed at initial
recognition and then re-evaluated at every reporting date for financial assets other than
those held at fair value through the income statement.
(i) Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and call deposits.
The carrying value of cash in the statement of financial position is valued at
amortised cost.
(ii) Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are initially recognised at fair value. Subsequent to initial
recognition, they are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less
any impairment losses. Trade and other receivables are presented in current assets in the
statement of financial position, except for those with maturities greater than one year
after the reporting date.
Trade and other receivables, classified as financial assets, exclude prepayments and
contract assets.
Financial liabilities
The Group classifies its financial liabilities into the following categories: trade and other
payables, loans and borrowings, other non-current liabilities and lease liabilities.
(i) Trade and other payables
Trade payables and accruals, which include amounts owed to carriers in respect of ticket
sale monies that the Group has collected on their behalf and amounts due to other
suppliers for general business expenditure, are initially recognised at fair value less any
directly attributable transaction costs. Subsequent to initial recognition, these liabilities
are measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Trade and other payables are classified as financial liabilities, excluding deferred revenue
and accruals.
(ii) Loans and borrowings
The financial liabilities recognised in this category include secured loan facilities,
convertible bonds and preference shares held by the Group and are presented
in borrowings in both current and non-current liabilities in the statement of
financial position.
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less attributable transaction costs
incurred. Subsequent to initial recognition, interest-bearing borrowings are stated at
amortised cost using the effective interest method.
(iii) Lease liabilities
The Group recognises lease liabilities for leases within the scope of IFRS 16 Leases.
Financial risk management
The Group’s activities expose it to a variety of financial risks: market risk (including interest
rate risk), credit risk and liquidity risk. The Group’s overall risk management framework
seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial performance.
(i) Risk management framework
The Group’s Directors have overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of
the Group’s risk management framework.
The Group’s risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks
faced by the Group, to set appropriate risk limits and controls and to monitor risks and
adherence to conditions and the Group’s activities. The Group, through its training and
management standards and procedures, aims to maintain a disciplined and constructive
control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations.
(ii) Market risk
Market risk is the risk of loses in positions arising from movements in market variables.
The Group was exposed to movements in SONIA on its variable rate revolving credit
facility (see Note 14) and the Group has transactional foreign currency exposures, which
arise from sales and purchases by the relevant segment in currencies other than the
Group’s functional currency. Based on sensitivity analysis performed, an increase in the
interest rate of 100 basis points would have decreased FY2024 profit after tax by £0.7
million
1
(FY2023: decrease by £0.5 million), and a decrease in the interest rate of 100 basis
points would have increased FY2024 profit after tax by £0.7
million
1
(FY2023: increase of
£0.5 million).
1. Excluding potential finance interest income upside.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
20. Financial instruments
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
143
(iii) Credit risk
Credit risk is the risk of financial loss to the Group if a customer or counterparty to a
financial instrument fails to meet its contractual obligations and arises principally from
the Group’s receivables from customers. Trade receivables are assessed for risk of default
by customers on a periodic basis and terms of trade are adjusted accordingly. Default is
defined as when a financial asset is 90 days past due, this being the rebuttal presumption in
IFRS 9. Trade receivables are insured on risk and cost grounds.
Under the terms of the Group’s retail licences, carriers require certain security
arrangements with the Group in order to mitigate its credit risk under the payment
and settlement procedures outlined in the licences. The Group satisfies these security
arrangements through bank guarantees from the Group’s lenders. The bank guarantees are
provided under the Group’s revolving credit facility, details of which are included in Note 14.
Debt is reviewed on a weekly basis and any customers who fall overdue are chased
immediately, if payment is not received the account is put on hold until previous debts
are cleared. Exposures to customers are regularly reviewed and management will make a
decision on remedial action to be taken. The expected credit loss as at 29 February 2024
was £0.3 million (FY2023: nil). Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery
may include customers who have gone into administration.
(iv) Liquidity risk
Liquidity risk is the risk that the Group will encounter difficulty in meeting the obligations
associated with its financial liabilities that are settled by delivering cash or another
financial asset. The Group’s approach is to ensure, as far as possible, that it will have
sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are due, under both normal and
stressed conditions, without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the
Group’s reputation.
The Group maintains a daily cash forecast in order to ensure that it has sufficient liquidity to
cover all expected cash flows including scheduled repayment of debt.
In addition, a revolving credit facility is in place under which the Group is able to draw
down cash of up to £325.0 million. Of the £325.0 million facility in place at 29 February
2024, £149.0 million (FY2023: £46.7 million) was utilised by a guarantee provided to the
Rail Settlement Plan Limited. A further £34.4 million (FY2023: £25.5 million) was utilised by
guarantees provided to International Train Operating Companies. The remaining headroom
on the revolving credit facility at 29 February 2024 was £81.6 million (FY2023: £192.8
million), which is available to draw in cash or bank guarantees.
The Group was subject to bank covenants, all of which have been met during the year. In
relation to the £325.0 million facility entered into on 26 July 2022: (1) net debt to adjusted
EBITDA must be no more than 3.00:1; and (2) adjusted EBITDA to net finance charges must
be no less than 4.00:1.
Capital management
Trainline’s primary use of capital is to invest behind its strategic priorities to drive organic
growth and deliver attractive and sustainable rates of return. The Group may supplement
that with inorganic investment, should it help accelerate delivery of the Group’s strategic
growth priorities. Trainline will continue to manage debt leverage, including retaining a
prudent and appropriate level of liquidity headroom should unforeseen circumstances
arise. Any surplus capital thereafter may be returned to shareholders, including through
repurchase of Trainline’s shares.
21. Leases
Accounting policy
At inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether or not a contract is, or contains, a
lease. A contract is, or contains, a lease if the contract conveys the right to control the use
of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. When a lease is
recognised in a contract the Group recognises a right-of-use asset and a lease liability at
the lease commencement date.
The right-of-use asset is initially measured at cost, which comprises the initial amount
of the lease liability adjusted for any lease prepayments made at or before the
commencement date, plus any initial direct costs incurred and an estimate of costs to
dismantle and remove the underlying asset or to restore the underlying asset or the
site on which it is located, less any lease incentives received. The right-of-use asset is
subsequently depreciated using the straight-line method from the commencement date
to the earlier of the end of the useful life of the right-of-use asset or the end of the lease
term. The estimated useful lives of right-of-use assets are based on the length of the
leases. In addition, the right-of-use asset is periodically reduced by impairment losses, if
any, and adjusted for certain remeasurements of the lease liability.
The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments that are
not paid at the commencement date, discounted using the interest rate implicit in the
lease or, if that rate cannot be readily determined, the Group’s incremental borrowing
rate based on the rate of interest that the Group paid on borrowings at the date of
lease inception.
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
21. Leases
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
144
The lease liability is measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method. It
is remeasured when there is a change in future lease payments arising from a change
in an index or rate, or if the Group changes its assessment of whether it will exercise a
purchase, extension or termination option. If there is an extension on the lease term that
is not considered a new lease, the lease liability is remeasured using revised payments
and a revised discount rate at the date of the modification. A corresponding adjustment is
made to the right-of-use asset.
The Group presents right-of-use assets in property, plant and equipment and lease
liabilities in loans and borrowings in the statement of financial position.
The Group leases assets including land and office buildings that are held within property,
plant and equipment. Information about leases for which the Group is a lessee is
presented below.
a) Right-of-use assets
Details of right-of-use assets are disclosed in Note 11.
b) Lease liabilities in the statement of financial position
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Current liabilities
4,992
4,523
Non-current liabilities
7,336
10,524
12,328
15,047
The maturity analysis of lease liabilities is disclosed in Note 14.
c) Amounts charged in the income statement
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Depreciation expense of right-of-use assets
4,088
3,906
Interest expense in lease liabilities
370
528
4,458
4,434
d) Cash outflow
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Total cash outflow for leases
4,228
4,940
22. List of subsidiaries
The Group holds, directly or indirectly, share capital in the following companies:
Country of
Registered
Nature of
Name of company
incorporation
Ownership
address
business
Victoria Investments Finco
Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Holding
Victoria Investments
Intermediate Holdco Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Holding
Trainline International Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Holding
Trainline France SAS
France
100%
b
Holding
Trainline SAS
France
100%
b
Trading
Trainline.com Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Trading
Qjump Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Trading
Trainline Italia S.R.L
Italy
100%
c
Holding
Trainline España, S.L.
Spain
100%
d
Holding
Trainline Deutschland TLD
GmbH
Germany
100%
e
Holding
Railguard Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Trading
Trainline Holdco Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Holding
Signalbox Technologies Limited
United Kingdom
100%
a
Trading
Registered address key:
a. 120 Holborn, London, EC1N 2TD
b. 20 rue Saint Georges, 75009 Paris
c. Corso Vercelli, 40 20145 Milan, Italy
d. Carrer d’Avila 112, 08018, Barcelona, Spain
e. Reinhardtstraße 31, 10117, Berlin, Germany
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
22. List of subsidiaries
continued
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
145
The following subsidiaries are exempt from the Companies Act 2006 requirements relating
to the audit of their individual financial statements by virtue of Section 479A of the Act as
the company has guaranteed the subsidiary companies under Section 479C of the Act:
Victoria Investments Finco Limited registered no. 09394939
Qjump Limited registered no. 04124436
Railguard Limited registered no. 09621101
Trainline Holdco Limited registered no. 12098773
Victoria Investments Intermediate Holdco Limited registered no. 09451259
Trainline International Limited registered no. 06881309
Signalbox Technologies Limited registered no. 08736138
23. Related parties
During the year, the Group entered into transactions in the ordinary course of business
with related parties.
Transactions with key management personnel of the Group
Key management personnel are defined as the Board of Directors, including
Non-executive Directors.
During the period key management personnel have received the following compensation:
short-term employee benefits £3,593,819 (FY2023: £2,185,741); post-employment benefits
£58,111 (FY2023: £60,462); and ongoing share-based payment schemes £3,033,999
(FY2023: £2,414,357). No other long-term benefits or termination benefits were paid
(FY2023: £nil). The highest paid Director received: short-term employee benefits
£1,980,067 (FY2023: £1,207,038); post-employment benefits £35,304 (FY2023: £33,054);
and ongoing share-based payment schemes £2,172,523 (FY2023: £1,713,900). There were
no Directors to whom retirement benefits were accruing under defined contribution
schemes (FY2023: one).
Information on the emoluments of the Directors who served during the year, together
with information regarding the beneficial interest of the Directors in the ordinary shares
of the Company is included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 71 to 91.
At 29 February 2024 key management personnel held 449,625 shares in Trainline plc
(FY2023: 361,413 shares).
24. Capital commitments
This note details any capital commitments in contracts that the Group has entered which
have not been recognised as liabilities on the balance sheet.
The Group’s capital commitments at 29 February 2024 are £nil (FY2023: £nil).
25. Business combination
On 11 July 2023, Trainline.com Limited acquired 100% of the issued shares in Signalbox
Technologies Limited, a company which holds assets with geolocation technology
capability, for consideration of £1,449,106.
Details of the purchase consideration and net assets acquired are as follows:
£’000
Paid consideration:
Initial cash paid
519
Contingent consideration
930
Total purchase consideration
1,449
The assets and liabilities recognised as a result of the acquisition are as follows:
£’000
Cash and cash equivalents
54
Non-current assets
1,415
Other current assets
14
Current liabilities
(34)
Net identifiable assets acquired
1,449
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
continued
Notes
Strategic
Report
25. Business Combination
continued
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
146
Acquisition related costs
Acquisition related costs of £6,500 are included in administrative expenses in profit
or loss.
Contingent consideration
The contingent consideration is comprised of the Deferred Consideration of £280,000 and
Earnout Consideration of £650,000. The deferred consideration imposes some service
requirements and the earnout consideration is based on four specific criterion which will
become payable upon satisfaction of those criterion.
26. Post balance sheet events
There have been no material post balance sheet events between 29 February 2024 and
the date of the approval of these Financial Statements.
147
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Alternative performance measures
When assessing and discussing financial performance, certain alternative performance
measures (‘APMs’) of historical or future financial performance, financial position or cash
flows are used which are not defined or specified under IFRS. APMs are used to improve
the comparability of information between reporting periods and operating segments.
APMs should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, or as superior to,
measures reported in accordance with IFRS.
APMs are not uniformly defined by all companies. Accordingly, the APMs used may not
be comparable with similarly titled measures and disclosures made by other companies.
These measures are used on a supplemental basis as they are considered to be indicators
of the underlying performance and success of the Group.
Net ticket sales
1
Net ticket sales represent the gross value of ticket sales to customers, less the value of
refunds issued, during the accounting period via B2C or Trainline solutions channels. The
Group acts as an agent or technology provider in these transactions. Net ticket sales do
not represent the Group’s revenue.
Management believes net ticket sales are a meaningful measure of the Group’s operating
performance and size of operations as this reflects the value of transactions powered
by the Group’s platform. The rate of growth in net ticket sales may differ to the rate of
growth in revenue due to the mix of commission rates and service fees.
Adjusted EBITDA
The Group believes that adjusted EBITDA is a meaningful measure of the Group’s
operating performance and debt servicing ability without regard to amortisation
and depreciation methods as well as share-based payment charges which can
differ significantly.
Adjusted EBITDA is calculated as profit after tax before net financing income/(expense),
tax, depreciation and amortisation, exceptional items and share-based payment charges.
Exceptional items are excluded as management believes their nature could distort trends
in the Group’s underlying earnings. This is because they are often one-off in nature or not
related to underlying trade. Share-based payment charges are also excluded as they can
fluctuate significantly year on year.
1. Net ticket sales is not subject to audit as it is a non-statutory measure.
A reconciliation of operating profit to adjusted EBITDA is as follows:
Notes
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Operating profit
55,579
27,639
Adjusting items:
Depreciation and amortisation
10,11
41,662
41,167
Share-based payment charges
16
22,629
17,292
Exceptional items
4
2,263
Adjusted EBITDA
122,133
86,098
Adjusted earnings
Adjusted earnings are a measure used by the Group to monitor the underlying
performance of the business, excluding certain non-cash and exceptional costs.
Adjusted earnings is calculated as profit after tax with share-based payment charged
in administrative expenses, exceptional items, gains on convertible bond buyback and
amortisation of acquired intangibles added back, together with the tax impact of these
adjustments also added back.
Exceptional items are excluded as management believes their nature could distort trends
in the Group’s underlying earnings. Share-based payment charges are also excluded as
they can fluctuate significantly year on year and are a non-cash charge to the business.
Amortisation of acquired intangibles is a non-cash accounting adjustment relating to
previous acquisitions and is not linked to the ongoing trade of the Group. Similarly, gains
on convertible bond buyback are added back as they are one-off in nature and don’t
relate to the underlying trade.
Financial Statements
continued
148
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Alternative performance measures
continued
A reconciliation from the profit after tax to adjusted earnings is as follows:
Notes
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Profit after tax
33,986
21,217
Earnings attributable to equity holders
33,986
21,217
Adjusting items:
Exceptional items
4
2,263
Gain on convertible bond buyback
7
(3,987)
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
1
10
5,988
5,277
Share-based payment charges
16
22,629
17,292
Tax impact of the above adjustments
(7,555)
(3,528)
Adjusted earnings
57,311
36,271
1.
This consists of the amortisation of brand valuation of £5.2 million (FY2023: £5.2 million), customer
valuation of £0.8 million (FY2023: £0.1 million) and software development of £nil (FY2023: £nil).
Net debt
Net debt is a measure used by the Group to measure the overall debt position after taking
into account cash held by the Group. Net debt represents the aggregate amount of loans
and borrowings as disclosed in Note 14 (excluding accrued interest on secured bank
loans) and associated directly attributable transaction costs after taking into account cash
held by the Group.
The calculation of net debt is as follows:
Notes
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Loan and borrowings
1
14
(155,028)
(157,747)
Cash and cash equivalents
91,085
57,337
Net debt
(63,943)
(100,410)
1.
This amount is the aggregate amount of loans and borrowings as disclosed in Note 14 amounting to £152.3 million
(FY2023: £153.5 million) and the capitalised finance charges amounting to £2.7 million (FY2023: £4.2 million).
Operating free cash flow
The Group uses operating free cash flow as a supplementary measure of liquidity.
Liquidity has been removed as an APM in FY2024 because the Group is no longer subject
to a minimum liquidity requirement under the revolving credit facility signed 26 July 2022.
The Group defines operating free cash flow as cash generated from operating activities
adding back cash exceptional items, and deducting cash flow in relation to purchase of
property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, excluding those acquired through
business combinations or trade and asset purchases.
The calculation of operating free cash flow is as follows:
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Cash generated from operating activities
129,785
43,015
Cash exceptional items
2,263
Purchase of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets
(40,749)
(35,219)
Operating free cash flow
91,299
7,796
Financial Statements
continued
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
149
Parent Company balance sheet
At 29 February 2024
2024
2023
Notes
£’000
£’000
Non-current assets
Investments
3
1,892,409
1,892,409
Deferred tax asset
4
7,097
6,693
1,899,506
1,899,102
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
7,854
816
Trade and other receivables
1,451
1,424
Amounts owing from subsidiaries
5
225,156
18,841
234,461
21,081
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
(4,142)
(3,629)
Amounts owing to subsidiaries
5
(144,574)
(111,965)
Loan and borrowings
6
(804)
(362)
(149,520)
(115,956)
Net current assets/(liabilities)
84,941
(94,875)
Total assets less current liabilities
1,984,447
1,804,227
Non-current liabilities
Loan and borrowings
6
(139,944)
(138,489)
(139,944)
(138,489)
Net assets
1,844,503
1,665,738
2024
2023
Notes
£’000
£’000
Equity
Called up share capital
7
4,710
4,807
Share premium account
7
1,198,703
Capital Redemption Reserve
7
97
Retained earnings
7
1,804,414
442,260
Share-based payment reserve
7
35,282
19,968
Total equity
1,844,503
1,665,738
The notes on pages 151 to 153 form part of the Financial Statements. These Financial
Statements were approved by the Board of Directors of Trainline plc (registered number
11961132) on 3 May 2024 and were signed on behalf of the Board. In accordance with
Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006, the Company is exempt from the requirement
to present its own income statement and statement of comprehensive income. The
Company’s profit for the year was £191.1 million (FY2023: loss of £14.0 million). This profit
has largely resulted from dividends of £220.0 million being received from Trainline Holdco
Ltd during the year (FY2023: none).
Jody Ford
Peter Wood
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Financial Officer
3 May 2024
3 May 2024
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
continued
Financial Statements
Strategic
Report
Corporate
Governance
Financial
Statements
150
Parent Company statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 29 February 2024:
Capital
Share-based
Share
Redemption
Retained
payment
Share capital
premium
Reserve
earnings
reserve
Total equity
Notes
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
At 1 March 2023
4,807
1,198,703
442,260
19,968
1,665,738
Profit after tax
191,143
191,143
Share-based payments
15,480
15,480
Purchase of own shares for cancellation
7
(97)
97
(27,858)
(27,858)
Capital reduction
7
(1,198,703)
1,198,703
Transfer between reserves
1
166
(166)
Balance at 29 February 2024
4,710
97
1,804,414
35,282
1,844,503
For the year ended 28 February 2023:
Capital
Share-based
Share
Redemption
Retained
payment
Share capital
premium
Reserve
earnings
reserve
Total equity
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
At 1 March 2022
4,807
1,198,703
455,874
7,288
1,666,672
Loss after tax
(13,976)
(13,976)
Share-based payments
13,042
13,042
Transfer between reserves
1
362
(362)
Balance at 28 February 2023
4,807
1,198,703
442,260
19,968
1,665,738
1. Transfer between reserves relates to the difference between the share price at grant date of the exercised shares and the actual cost of the treasury shares purchased to fulfil the share-based payment.
The notes on pages 151 to 153 form part of the Financial Statements.
151
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements
1. Basis of preparation
The Financial Statements are presented in pound sterling (£GBP), rounded to the
nearest thousand, unless otherwise stated. These Financial Statements were prepared in
accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 Reduced Disclosure Framework (‘FRS
101’). In preparing these Financial Statements, the Company applies the recognition,
measurement and disclosure requirements of International Accounting Standards in
conformity with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006 (‘Adopted IFRSs’), but makes
amendments where necessary in order to comply with the Companies Act 2006 and has
set out below where advantage of the FRS 101 disclosure exemptions has been taken.
These Financial Statements have been prepared on a going concern basis. Further details
are given in the Going Concern Statement on page 114 to 115. After due consideration
the Directors consider that the Company has adequate resources to meet its liabilities as
they fall due and remain in operation for the going concern assessment period. As at 29
February 2024 the Company was in a net current asset position of £84.9 million (FY2023:
£94.9 million net current liability position). The Group has in place bank guarantees
that can be utilised to settle trade creditor balances. Bank guarantees are issued by
lenders under the Group’s revolving credit facility (which the Company has access to)
and therefore reduce the Group’s remaining available facility. The Group and in turn the
Company has access to £81.6 million additional funds under its revolving credit facility
(FY2023: £192.8 million). As such the Company has sufficient liquidity to easily cover the
net current liability position.
Accordingly the Board is satisfied that it is appropriate to adopt the going concern basis
of accounting in preparing these Parent Company Financial Statements.
As permitted by FRS 101, the Company has taken advantage of the disclosure exemptions
available under that standard in relation to share-based payments, financial instruments,
capital management, presentation of comparative information in respect of certain
assets, presentation of a cash flow statement, standards not yet effective, impairment
of fixed and intangible assets and certain related party transactions. Where required,
equivalent disclosures are given in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
As permitted by section 408(4) of the Companies Act 2006, a separate income statement
and statement of comprehensive income for the Company has not been included in these
Financial Statements. The principal accounting policies adopted are described below.
They have all been applied consistently to all years presented.
Amounts receivable by the Company’s auditors and its associates in respect of services
to the Company and its associates, other than the audit of the Company’s Financial
Statements, have not been disclosed as the information is required instead to be
disclosed on a consolidated basis in the Consolidated Financial Statements.
2. Employee benefit expenses
Staff costs presented in this note reflect the total wage, tax, pension and share-based
payment charge relating to employees of the Company. These costs are allocated
between administrative expenses and cost of sales. The allocation between these areas
is dependent on the area of business the employee works in and the activities they have
undertaken.
Average number of full-time equivalent employees
2024
Number of
employees
2023
Number of
employees
Management and administration
9
10
Total number of employees
1
9
10
1.
In determining the monthly employee numbers, in respect of leavers and joiners, employee numbers have
been pro-rated by the number of days they were employed within the Group.
Employee benefits expense
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Wages and salaries
5,878
5,866
Social security contributions
871
867
Contributions to defined contribution plans
97
127
Share-based payment expense
1,736
1,136
Total employee benefits
8,582
7,996
Information on the emoluments of the Directors who served during the year, together
with information regarding the beneficial interest of the Directors in the ordinary shares
of the Company is included in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 71 to 91.
Financial Statements
continued
152
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements
continued
3. Investments
Investments in subsidiaries are stated at cost less any provision for impairment. The
investment relates to the Company’s investment in Trainline Holdco Limited.
2024
£’000
2023
£’000
Opening balance
1,892,409
1,892,409
Closing balance
1,892,409
1,892,409
Assessment of carrying value of investments in subsidiaries
The Company’s investment in subsidiaries has been subject to an impairment test, as
the market capitalisation is lower at year end than the carrying value and therefore is
considered an indicator of impairment under IAS 36. Accordingly, the Company has
assessed the recoverable amount of its investment in subsidiaries. Recoverable amount
is determined as the higher of the fair value less costs of disposal and value in use (‘VIU’)
based on estimated future cash flows that are discounted to their present value. We have
calculated both the VIU and fair value less costs of disposal and have determined that
the higher of these is the fair value less costs of disposal and as such this represents the
recoverable amount.
Estimated future cash flows are based on the approved Group plan for the three years
ending 28 February 2027. The estimated future cash flows are based on those used for
the Group’s viability statement, going concern assessment and goodwill recoverability
assessment. The value in use model has key assumptions in relation to the discount
rate, terminal growth rate, the number of years forecast before the terminal growth
rate is applied, and the underlying cash forecasts. The forecasts have been extended
by a further five years before applying a terminal growth rate to long-term cash flows.
The Company considers that an eight-year forecast period is appropriate to reflect the
fact there is headroom for continued growth in the train aggregator market as well as
potential for growth arising from an enhanced product offering for at least eight years,
potentially longer; this is supported by our forecasted growth levels together with historic
growth levels over a period of greater than 8 years.
We acknowledge that the Company’s market capitalisation at the reporting date was
lower than the carrying amount of its investments in subsidiaries. However, this does not
constitute fair value as defined by IAS 36. Instead, we have considered fair value to be the
market capitalisation plus a reasonable control premium. Market capitalisation is sensitive
to changes in share price.
No impairment to the carrying amount of the investment has been recorded in the
current year, reflecting the fact that the recoverable amount exceeds the carrying
amount.
4. Deferred tax asset
The Company has continued to recognise a deferred tax asset on unutilised losses carried
forward. This is on the basis that it is probable that future taxable profit will be available
against which the unutilised tax losses and credits can be set against by way of group
relief. This is supported by the latest Group profit and cash flow forecasts approved by the
Board, which show improved trading performance.
5. Amounts owing from and to subsidiaries
Amounts owing from and to subsidiaries is comprised of intercompany loans with
companies within the Group as well as a dividends receivable balance. Amounts owing
from and to Group companies are unsecured, have no fixed date of repayment and are
repayable on demand. IFRS 9 expected credit losses have been assessed as immaterial in
relation to these balances.
6. Loan and borrowings
Loans and borrowings relate to the revolving credit facility and the convertible bonds.
Please refer to Note 14 of the Consolidated Financial Statements for details.
Financial Statements
continued
153
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Notes to the Parent Company Financial Statements
continued
7. Capital and reserves
Share capital
Share capital represents the number of shares in issue at their nominal value.
Ordinary shares in the Company are issued, allotted and fully paid up. The holders of
ordinary shares are entitled to receive dividends as declared from time to time and are
entitled to one vote per share at meetings of the Company.
On incorporation on 24 April 2019, the Company issued 50,000 preference shares for
a total consideration of £50,000, with 1 ordinary share to be issued. The preference
shares were redeemed in full on 20 August 2020. On 26 June 2019, the Company allotted
449,095,131 ordinary shares as part of a share for share exchange in consideration
for: the transfer of the entire issued share capital of Victoria Investments S.C.A to the
Company; the acquisition of the Convertible preferred equity certificates (‘CPECs’)
and related interest held by Victoria Investments S.C.A; and the acquisition and
extinguishment of the liability relating to Tracker shares held by Victoria Investment S.C.A.
The nominal value of these shares was £1.00 and the consideration per share was £3.50.
On 26 June 2019, the Company issued 31,526,093 ordinary shares in its primary listing.
The nominal value of these shares was £1.00 and the consideration per share was £3.50.
Share premium is stated net of directly attributable fees of £3.0 million.
On 26 June 2019, the Company issued an additional 59,284 ordinary shares. The nominal
value of these shares was £1.00 and the consideration per share was £3.50.
Following a reduction in capital the nominal value of ordinary shares was reduced from
£1.00 to £0.01 each. The reduction of capital had no effect on the net asset position of
the Company.
In September 2023, the Company commenced a share buyback programme to purchase
its own ordinary shares. The total number of shares bought back in FY2024 was 9,648,422
shares with a nominal value of £96,484 (FY2023: nil) representing 2% (FY2023: 0%) of the
ordinary shares in issue (excluding shares held in treasury). All shares bought back in
FY2024 were cancelled.
The shares were acquired on the open market at a total consideration (excluding costs) of
£27.7 million (FY2023: £nil). The maximum and minimum prices paid were £3.36 (FY2023:
£nil) and £2.32 (FY2023: £nil) per share respectively. The average price paid was £2.87
(FY2023: £nil). Costs incurred on the purchase of own shares in relation to stamp duty and
broker expenses were £166,878 (FY2023: £nil).
Shareholding at 29 February 2024
Number
£’000
Ordinary shares – £0.01
471,032,086
4,710
471,032,086
4,710
Shareholding at 28 February 2023
Number
£’000
Ordinary shares – £0.01
480,680,508
4,807
480,680,508
4,807
Share premium
Share premium represents the amount over the nominal value which was received by the
Company upon the sale of the ordinary shares. Upon the date of listing the nominal value
of shares was £1.00 but the initial offering price was £3.50.
Share premium is stated net of any direct costs relating to the issue of shares.
On 19 December 2023, the High Court of Justice approved the cancellation of the amount
standing to the credit of the Company’s share premium account in full. The cancellation
resulted in a corresponding increase in the Company’s distributable reserves.
Retained earnings
Retained earnings represents the profit the Company makes that is not distributed as
dividends. No dividends have been paid outside the Group during the current or prior
financial year.
Share-based payment reserve
The share-based payment reserve is built up of charges in relation to equity-settled
share-based payment arrangements which have been recognised within the profit and
loss account.
The Company allocates the share-based payment charges to the entities in which the
employees’ employment contracts sit through the amounts owing from/to subsidiaries.
Capital redemption reserve
The capital redemption reserve represents the nominal value of shares bought back
and cancelled.
Financial Statements
continued
154
Trainline plc
Annual Report & Accounts 2024
Financial
Statements
Corporate
Governance
Strategic
Report
Notes
CBP025000
Printed by a Carbon Neutral Operation (certified: CarbonQuota) under the PAS2060 standard.
Printed on material from well-managed, FSC™ certified forests and other controlled sources.
This publication was printed by an FSC™ certified
printer that holds an ISO 14001 certification.
100% of the inks used are HP Indigo ElectroInk which complies with RoHS legislation and meets the chemical requirements of the Nordic
Ecolabel (Nordic Swan) for printing companies, 95% of press chemicals are recycled for further use and, on average 99% of any waste associated
with this production will be recycled and the remaining 1% used to generate energy.
The paper is Carbon Balanced with World Land Trust, an international conservation charity, who offset carbon emissions through the purchase
and preservation of high conservation value land. Through protecting standing forests, under threat of clearance, carbon is locked-in, that
would otherwise be released.
trainline.com